1998 Jaguar Xk8 Fuse Box Diagram
Jaguar Xk8 Users Manual X100 9875/E COVER
XK8 to the manual 8d6882bf-1a19-4849-a4bb-9f851e018483
2015-02-09
: Jaguar Jaguar-Xk8-Users-Manual-566675 jaguar-xk8-users-manual-566675 jaguar pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 129
BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY 1998 Range Electrical Guide Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number – JTP 615 XK8 Range 1998 Introduction Electrical Guide Format This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help to guide the user. Standard Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide: B+ Battery Voltage CAN Controller Area Network COUPE Coupe Vehicles CONV. Convertible Vehicles DI Direction Indicator LH Left-Hand LHD Left-Hand Drive NAS North American Specification RH Right-Hand RHD Right-Hand Drive ROW Rest of World SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network VIN Vehicle Identification Number Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations. Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN) VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner: ➞ VIN 123456 indicates "up to VIN 123456"; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates "from VIN 123456 on". XK8 Electrical System Architecture The XK8 system "architecture" is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for the programming of certain control modules. The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in previous vehicles. DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 1 Table of Contents XK8 Range 1998 Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9 User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 15 Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17 Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 – 22 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23 NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages. 2 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 FIGURES Fig. Description Table of Contents Variant 01 Power Distribution 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles 01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles 01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles 02 Ground Distribution 02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles 03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 04 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.4 04.5 Engine Management ...... AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................. AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles ➞ ➞ ➞ 05 Transmission 05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles 05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles 06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control 06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles 07 Climate Control 07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles 07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles 09 Exterior Lighting 09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles 09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles 09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 3 Table of Contents FIGURES Fig. Description XK8 Range 1998 Variant 10 Interior Lighting 10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles 10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 Seat Systems ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Driver Seat: Non Memory .............................................................. Non Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement ................................................ 3-Way Movement Vehicles ...... Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement ................................................ 2-Way Movement Vehicles 13 Door Locking; Security 13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles 14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles 16 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 ...... ...... ...... ...... In-Car Entertainment; Telephone Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible .................................... Convertible Vehicles Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe ........................................... Coupe Vehicles Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles 17 Supplementary Restraint System 17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles 18 Ancillaries 18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles 19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems 19.1 ...... CAN (Network); SCP Network; Serial Data Links ............................ All Vehicles 4 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 XK8 Range 1998 ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIR INTAKE – RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1 Component Index BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig 04.1 CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1 CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1 COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2 ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3 CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2 ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1 CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1 AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ...................... Fig. 11.2 CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2 BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.3 BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.3 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1 DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2 DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.3 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.3 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 5 Component Index DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 XK8 Range 1998 FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3 FUEL TANK PRESURE SENSOR ............................................. Fig. 04.1 FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5 FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2 GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1 HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2 EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1 HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2 FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.2 FOOT WELL LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 10.1 FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1 HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1 FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1 HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.3 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1 6 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.3 IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.3 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1 Component Index MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1 INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.4 NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2 KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1 KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2 KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2 KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1 KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1 KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1 POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1 LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2 QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS ........................................................... Fig. 15.2 LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3 LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1 REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3 MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3 REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 7 Component Index SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 XK8 Range 1998 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2 TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2 SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2 SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3 TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2 SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1 SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1 SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1 SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3 TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1 VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2 VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1 SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1 VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2 VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 8 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Component Index VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1 WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 14.1 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1 WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 9 User Instructions XK8 Range 1998 Figure and Data Page Layout Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for "active" and "inactive" states. The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. "Active" means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 10 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 User Instructions CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER Fig. 03.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE P Pin COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORMATION COMPONENTS Description Active Inactive Component I FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2) BATTERY D FC14-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS Connector / Type / Color Location / Access BT66 / EYELET BT67 / EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE I FC14-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET O FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+ ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE B+ B+ EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE I FC14-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE P Pin Description Active Inactive D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS I EM10-15 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+ KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE P Pin Description Active D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET AN2 / EYELET ST11 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET BT61 / EYELET BT62 / EYELET BT63 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX NEUTRAL SWITCH FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK STARTER MOTOR ST2 / EYELET ST3 / EYELET ST10 / EYELET ENGINE BLOCK SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP Inactive GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR RELAYS Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS Connector Type / Color Location / Access BT80 EYELET EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM60 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE GROUNDS Ground Location / Type BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: I Input O Output SG Signal Ground D C S Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network B+ Battery voltage V Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. "Active" means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 DATE OF ISSUE DATA PAGE FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A XK8 Range 1998 FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N BT80 BT61 250A x 2 B N BT67 BT68 BT66 BT60 N BT63 250A 01.1 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BATTERY NB 15 B+ FC14-80 RW 1 WO II 02.1 Y FC4-3 BK WN I 75 SU NW 3 5 WR WK 1 2 GO D 37 FC14-92 IGNITION SWITCH (III) FC3BL EM50 D FC14-39 02.1 FC4-2 FC4-5 GO EMS28 EM1-15 I FC14-41 FC4-1 FCS48 GO GO O FC14-73 RW III BK N ST1 01.1 BT62 N Fig. 03.1 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL STARTER RELAY BK FCS47 BK BK LOGIC RU RU FC89-3 I FC14-7 FC89-1 POWER NEUTRAL SWITCH FC3BR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GO I ENGINE START EM11-6 FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION SU D GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE FC22-9 PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) G 05.1 I EM10-15 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE D O.K. TO START D Y Y EM10-17 Y FCS74 EM3-8 D SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE FC22-17 O O EM10-6 EM2-18 D O.K. TO START FC22-16 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR WR EM60-2 ST3 ST2 N 6 N B 31 WP ST10 II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PASK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1 PI50-2 SW SW EM1-14 SW PI1-11 STARTER MOTOR REGULATOR PI50-1 B N AN1 AN3-1 ST11 B AN2 AN3-2 GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE 1 6 1 5 7 51 Fig. 01.2 6 II II 52 84 Fig. 01.3 40 60 Fig. 01.1 II E E 39 E 1 Fig. 01.5 KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 I Fig. 01.4 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 FIGURE PAGE VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE 11 User Instructions XK8 Range 1998 NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an 'X' is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure. Reference Symbols Reference symbols are used for three purposes: • to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground • to refer the user to a related circuit • to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds Battery Power Supply X This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3. X X I II X E Ignition Switched Power Supply This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5. The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control. X XX XX I II Ignition Switched Ground This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED). BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s) I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the 'logic' of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page. 12 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Wiring Symbols User Instructions Wiring Color Codes N B W K G R Y SPLICE SIMPLIFIED SPLICE BULB Brown Black White Pink Green Red Yellow O S L U P BRD Orange Slate Light Blue Purple Braid CAPACITOR When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s) indicate the tracer color(s). CONNECTOR Wiring Harness Codes DIODE DIODE (IN HARNESS) XX1-X EYELET AND STUD FUSE LOGIC GROUND POWER GROUND LED LED MOTOR POTENTIOMETER RESISTOR SOLENOID SUPPRESSION DIODE SUPPRESSION RESISTOR THERMISTOR TRANSISTOR XX1 XX1-X Code AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM EN FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL Description Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression Module Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link Main Power Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine Management Cruise Control Link Engine Management Engine Management Side Marker Link Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forward Power Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearward LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Switchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone Code Numbering When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc. WIRE CONTINUED ZENER DIODE DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 13 User Instructions XK8 Range 1998 Harness Component Numbers Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash) Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD). FC7-24 Harness code FC7-24 (LHD) FC7-15 (RHD) Pin number Connector number Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness 'ground' sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits. RHS3 RHS3 SIMPLIFIED SPLICE Harness code Splice number Splice Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAMPLE: BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2 Relay Connectors Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE: AC20 14 AC20 4 9 3 5 8 10 1 2 6 7 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 User Instructions Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R) Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top). Eyelet designation Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single 'leg', which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two 'legs', identified as L (left) or R (right). S L SINGLE EYELET R EYELET PAIR EXAMPLES: Harness code Harness code Harness code Ground stud number Ground stud number Ground stud number FC2S LF1AR Single leg eyelet BT1CS RH leg of eyelet Single leg eyelet First eyelet on stud Third eyelet on stud Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAMPLES: EM2AR (EM1AR) DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles BT1AL Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles 15 Connectors XK8 Range 1998 The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle. Multilock 040 Low current (used as harness and 'direct' connection connector). Multilock 070 High current (used as harness and 'direct' connection connector). Econoseal III LC Low current sealed connector. Econoseal III HC High current sealed connector. Ford Card Used for SRS only. 16 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location GROUND POINTS Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX GENERATOR LF70 ST11 LF1 STARTER MOTOR ST3 LF2 FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR BT80 ST1 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (RHD) EM2 EM70 EM70 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (LHD) EM1 RHD LF3 FC4 FC3 (QUIET GROUND) FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) FC1 CE2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT GROUND FC90 FC93 RHD BT79 EM71 FC91 LF71 PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) FC90 FC92 TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR FC6 FC5 RH3 (KEYFOB ANTENNA) RH2 RH1 RADIO ANTENNA GROUND BT61 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT68 BATTERY GROUND BT62 BT63 BT60 BT66 + BT1 BT2 BT3 BATTERY – BT68 BT67 TRUNK FUSE BOX DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 BT64 17 Harness Layout XK8 Range 1998 Harness Layout LHD RHD FRONT OF VEHICLE FRONT OF VEHICLE LF2 LF1 LF2 LF41 LF1 LF41 LF42 FR – RH FRONT WHEEL FL – LH FRONT WHEEL LF42 FR – RH FRONT WHEEL FL – LH FRONT WHEEL ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE LL – POWER STEERING LINK EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK LF – LEFT FORWARD PI1 PI2 LF3 LF3 LF40 EM60 EM2 LL1 EL1 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT LF1 LF2 LF60 AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 AC16 EM1 EM2 EM3 FC3 DD – DRIVER'S DOOR SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR LF1 LF2 LF60 DP1 DP – PASSENGER'S DOOR DP – PASSENGER'S DOOR EM60 EL1 EM1 EM2 AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL) DP1 FC2 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4 PI1 PI2 LF3 FC1 FC4 EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK LF – LEFT FORWARD LF3 LF40 EM1 AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL) DD1 ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 AC16 EM1 EM2 EM3 DD1 FC3 FC1 FC4 FC2 RF1 RF1 RF – ROOF DD – DRIVER'S DOOR SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4 SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SW1 SW2 SW – STEERING WHEEL FC – FASCIA TL – TELEPHONE FC – FASCIA SW1 SW2 TL – TELEPHONE RT – RADIO TELEPHONE RT20 RT3 IC1 IC2 IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT RF – ROOF RT20 RT3 IC1 IC2 RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT FC5 FC6 IC4 FC5 FC6 IC4 SD1 SD2 SD – DRIVER'S SEAT SP1 SP2 SP – PASSENGER'S SEAT RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14 RH2 RH5 RH6 RH1 QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK BT3 BB1 SP1 SP2 SP – PASSENGER'S SEAT BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58 SD1 SD2 BL1 RH2 QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH5 RH6 18 RH1 QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK BT3 BT1 BB1 BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58 QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK BT1 BT2 BT73 BT72 RR – RH REAR WHEEL RL – LH REAR WHEEL BL1 BT73 RR – RH REAR WHEEL BL – TRUNK LID BL – TRUNK LID BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK RH – REARWARD BT – TRUNK BT2 BT72 SD – DRIVER'S SEAT RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14 RH – REARWARD BT – TRUNK RL – LH REAR WHEEL SW – STEERING WHEEL BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Control Module Identification and Location LHD RHD RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE Control Module Identification and Location RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE DIMMER MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE 19 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XK8 Range 1998 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A EM7 EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK LF37 28 BY 27 — 55 WB 88 — 87 — 86 Y 26 ND 54 WB 85 G 25 — 53 RU 84 — 24 — 23 BRD 52 RY 83 Y 51 OB 82 G 22 UY 50 — 21 BU 49 — 81 — 80 — 79 — 20 — 19 — 18 BS 17 — 16 U 15 BRD 14 N 13 US 12 RP 11 — 10 — 9 W 8 RB 7 — 48 — 47 — 46 — 45 RG 44 R 43 — 42 G 41 — 40 — 39 — 38 — 37 Y 36 S 35 — 78 — 77 — 76 — 75 — 74 — 73 — 72 — 71 — 70 — 69 — 68 — 67 — 66 — 65 — 6 B 34 B 64 — 5 OG 33 YP 4 OK 32 YU 63 — 62 — L G H Y 3 — 31 — 2 RS 30 YB 61 — 60 — 1 OU 29 OR 59 — 58 — 57 — 56 — 2 UG 1 WR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK TOP 17 W 18 R 10 — 1 UO 19 UP 11 — 2 US 20 WU 12 — 3 S 21 P 13 UB 4 G 22 U 14 R 5 Y 23 — 15 G 6 Y 24 B 25 WY 8 B 9 NR EM73 EM72 16 RY 7 O EM73 / 18-WAY / BLACK 23 — 1 YU 2 BS 24 — 3 P EM72 / 14-WAY / BLACK 25 26 27 28 LGB LGU LGP LGN 4 — 5 — 6 — 7 — 8 — 29 WB 30 B 9 — 33 B 10 — 12 BG 34 BY 13 BW 35 BU 14 BK 36 BO 15 BLG 37 BN 16 BP 38 BR 17 BS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10 AJ26 N/A EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE 6 R 5 R 4 BK 3 WR 2 GY 1 GY 11 B 12 G 11 G 10 B 9 B 8 B 7 B 22 B EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY 10 — 9 RY 8 RG 7 BU 6 BW 5 BY 4 BO 3 PN 21 — 20 — 19 — 18 BS 17 BN 16 BG 15 BP 14 — 2 PU 1 PS 13 — 12 B 10 — 16 WU 9 KW 8 — 7 — 15 W 6 — 14 GR 26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK 5 — 4 OK EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP 13 PY 22 UB 2 W 12 RW 21 — 34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY 20 B 30 — 19 Y 1 KN 11 PW 18 S 29 O 28 P 6 YW 11 — 10 RY 17 N 27 BG 5 WU 17 U 3 — 9 SG 16 N 22 BP 4 — 21 — 2 — EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 — 8 SLG 15 R 14 G 13 GY 20 — 4 WU 7 — 16 K 10 G 15 R EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY 1 SR 6 GO 11 U 18 BY 2 — 7 RG 12 UP 19 BY 3 P 9 UY 14 BG 8 — 5 SG 13 O 8 UW 13 BY 12 BG 7 — 6 O 5 WK 12 K 21 UW 28 Y 4 UN 3 ULG 11 PG 20 BG 27 G 19 — 26 Y 18 — 10 US 17 Y 16 PK 25 G 15 G 9 NO 14 OU 24 — 23 BK 22 B AJ26 SC EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE 6 R 5 R 4 BK 3 WR 2 GY 1 GY 11 B 12 G 11 G 10 B 9 B 8 B 7 B 22 B EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY 10 — 9 — 8 — 7 BU 6 BW 5 BY 4 BO 3 PN 21 — 20 — 19 — 18 BS 17 BN 16 BG 15 BP 14 — 2 PU 1 PS 13 — 12 B 10 RY 16 WU 9 KW 8 — 7 — 15 W 6 — 14 GR 26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK 34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY 20 5 — 4 OK EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP 13 PY 22 UB 2 W 12 RW 21 — 20 B 30 — 19 Y 29 O 1 KN 11 PW 18 S 28 P 6 YW 11 — 17 N 27 BG 5 WU 10 RY 17 U 22 BP 3 YN 9 SG 16 N 21 — 4 YR EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 YU 8 SLG 15 R 20 — 2 YG 14 G 13 GY 4 WU 7 — 16 K 10 G 15 R 9 UY 14 BG EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY 1 SR 6 GO 11 U 18 BY 2 — 7 RG 12 UP 19 BY 3 P 8 — 5 SG 13 O 8 UW 13 BY 12 BG 7 — 5 WK 12 K 21 UW 28 Y 6 O 27 G 4 UN 3 ULG 2 UG 11 PG 20 BG 19 — 26 Y 18 — 1 WR 10 US 17 Y 16 PK 25 G DATE OF ISSUE: 15 G 24 — 9 NO 14 OU 23 BK 22 B FEBRUARY 1998 XK8 Range 1998 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK BT41 BT40 BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (NAS) BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK 13 — 12 — 11 — 10 — 9 — 8 — 7 YP 6 — 5 RY 4 — 3 LGY 2 — 1 R 8 S 7 OG 6 NK 5 YW 4 GW 3 UG 2 OB 1 OR 26 — 25 — 24 — 23 — 22 — 21 — 20 — 19 YR 18 — 17 — 16 — 15 — 14 — 16 U 15 NY 14 BK 13 BK 12 — 11 UO 10 — 9 GR BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (ROW) FC25 13 — 12 — 11 — 10 BK 9 — 8 LGS 7 — 6 — 5 RY 4 — 3 — 2 — 1 — 26 YO 25 — 24 — 23 — 22 — 21 — 20 — 19 YR 18 — 17 — 16 — 15 — 14 — DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC26 FC25 / 48-WAY / BLACK FC26 / 24-WAY / BLACK 1 BK 2 WG 3 RN 4 — 5 — 6 SO 7 — 8 — 9 — 10 SU 11 — 12 — 13 UY 14 R 15 — 16 — 17 — 18 — 19 S 20 U 21 — 22 — 23 Y 24 Y 1 RK 2 OW 3 PY 4 SG 5 OU 6 UB 7 ON 8 RG 9 RS 10 OB 11 RB 12 RU 25 NR 26 B 27 RO 28 RO 29 — 30 — 31 — 32 — 33 BR 34 — 35 Y 36 O 37 — 38 — 39 — 40 — 41 — 42 — 43 — 44 — 45 — 46 — 47 G 48 G 13 BW 14 RW 15 OU 16 YW 17 OS 18 OG 19 OS 20 UW 21 RLG 22 SW 23 OP 24 UR DD11 DD10 DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK 7 BP 15 WG 6 KS 14 — 22 UN BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 5 LGU 13 — 21 UP 4 OU 12 OY 20 GY 3 SN 11 — 19 — 2 UG 10 YO 18 — DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 OB 9 YN 17 OR 7 OB 8 — 15 OU 16 — 6 SU 14 GW 22 PK 5 SY 13 PO 21 PU 4 PN 12 PW 20 WU 3 PG 11 PB 19 BR 2 BY 10 BG 18 BO 1 N 9 U 17 B 8 BK 16 S PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC14 FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY 79 NG 80 NB 53 RK 27 GO 81 GR 54 RB 28 RW 1 RY 2 GY 82 GR 55 SP 29 S 84 U 56 UW 30 U 3 GK 83 GB 57 — 31 SW 4 GU 85 S 58 SB 32 WN 5 SO 86 ON 59 PY 33 RG 6 YW 87 SK 60 RY 34 LGK 7 RU 8 — 88 YG 61 KG 89 LGR 62 LGU 63 SW 35 36 37 OU LGW LGR 9 LGU 10 SR 90 BG 11 YB 91 BW 64 — 38 OR 65 BK 39 Y 12 OP 92 SU 93 YK 66 PU 40 WU 13 GO 94 LGO 67 UR 41 RW 14 UB 15 WO NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 42 UY 95 RS 68 US 96 PW 69 OK 43 BLG 16 RY 44 OY 17 OS 97 — 70 GS 71 SR 45 UG 18 YS 98 GB 99 PN 72 — 46 — 19 20 WLG OG 100 BR 73 GO 47 — 101 PW 74 RW 48 OG 21 — 22 WB 102 NY 75 — 49 — 103 B 76 GK 50 GY 23 WO 77 GP 51 RW 24 NW DP11 104 NY 78 PG DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK 52 BS 25 B DP10 7 — 26 YG 15 — 6 — 14 — 22 — 5 LGU 13 — 21 — 4 — 12 — 20 GY 3 — 11 — 19 — 2 — 10 — 18 — DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 — 9 — 17 — 7 OB 8 — 16 — 15 OU 6 SU 14 GW 22 PK 21 PU 5 SY 13 PO 4 PN 12 PW 20 WU 3 PG 11 PB 19 — 2 PY 10 BG 18 BO 1 N 9 U 17 B 8 BK 16 S 21 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XK8 Range 1998 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SD3 PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SD4 SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK SD5 SP3 SD4 / 26-WAY / BLACK SD5 / 10-WAY / BLACK SP5 SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK 9 UY 10 UW 11 KW 12 KY 13 GN 14 GP 15 GW 16 GY 14 WP 15 — 16 — 17 — 18 WB 19 — 20 — 21 — 22 — 23 — 24 — 25 — 26 — 6 — 7 — 8 G 9 S 10 U 9 UY 10 UW 11 KW 12 KY 13 GN 14 GP 15 GW 16 GY 6 — 7 — 8 G 9 S 10 U 1 PS 2 PO 3 OK 4 R 5 OB 6 OR 7 KS 8 KO 1 WG 2 WU 3 B 4 — 5 W 6 WN 7 — 8 — 9 — 10 WR 11 WY 12 WO 13 — 1 B 2 B 3 US 4 UO 5 NK 1 PS 2 PO 3 OK 4 R 5 OB 6 OR 7 KS 8 KO 1 B 2 B 3 US 4 UO 5 NK KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 FC22 FC29 FC30 FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (NAS) BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK 19 — FC29 / 12-WAY / BLACK 7 WK 8 OW 1 — 9 OP FC30 / 12-WAY / GREY 10 — 2 — 3 — 4 BK 11 YU 5 YW 12 ON 12 BK 6 R 11 RS 6 WK 10 KU 9 KG 5 RG 4 KP 3 KN 8 RW 2 RP 1 SO 7 RW 20 PB 2 UP 21 UB 3 UW 22 RB 4 — 23 — 5 — 24 ON 6 — 25 U 7 — 26 US 8 — 27 NS 9 — 28 K 10 O 29 — 11 WR 30 OB 12 — 31 OW 13 OR 32 OK 14 OG 33 OY 15 OP 34 OU 16 — 35 — 17 — 10 — 9 SU 8 — 7 — 6 O 5 — 4 — 3 — 2 — 1 — 20 — 19 — 18 — 17 Y 16 O 15 — 14 — 13 — 12 — 11 — 18 B FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (ROW) 1 — 10 — 9 SU 8 OG 7 OR 6 O 5 — 4 NR 3 — 2 — 1 SB 20 — 19 — 18 — 17 Y 16 O 15 — 14 WO 13 WN 12 BK 11 — AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE AC4 AC4 / 22-WAY / BLACK 22 12 WR 13 B 1 WP 2 GY 14 B 15 GW 16 OU 17 UB 3 WN 4 WU 5 NY 6 PY 18 19 LGW BW 7 UG 8 P AC3 AC2 AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY 20 BK 21 O 9 UN 10 K 22 — 11 — BT18 AC1 AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY BT18 / 26-WAY / YELLOW AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY 7 SY 8 SR 9 — 10 WP 11 UB 12 KU 9 OU 10 OR 11 YG 12 — 13 UY 14 — 15 UK 16 GP 1 ULG 2 S 3 SG 4 SB 5 OY 6 UG 1 OP 2 RG 3 YW 4 — 5 SU 6 SG 7 US 8 GO 14 — 15 — 1 RLG 2 U 16 LGN 17 RW 18 LGP 19 RU 20 SR 21 Y 22 NR 23 — 3 UY 4 PS 5 LGR 6 RY 7 PR 8 PY 9 RB 10 — 24 — 25 UR 26 GU 11 — 12 UW 13 UO 1 — 2 — 3 — 4 — 5 — 6 — 7 — 8 — 9 — 10 — 11 — 12 — 13 — 14 UP 15 UO 16 RY 17 RK 18 RU 19 UB 20 UW 21 RO 22 RG 23 RW 24 WG 25 R 26 BK DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS "BUS". Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown Wiper FAST/SLOW relay black / black LH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue Wiper RUN/STOP relay black / black Door mirror heater relay black (blue) / blue RH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD) DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS LH FASCIA RELAYS EMS control relay brown / bus Air conditioning compressor clutch relay brown / brown Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) brown / bus Engine Management fuse box CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD) LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS Heater pump relay brown / bus Front fog relay brown / bus Main beam relay brown / bus Powerwash relay brown / bus Dip beam relay brown / bus Horn relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus Engine compartment fuse box ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS TRUNK RELAYS: ➞ VIN 024687 Tail lamp relay brown / bus Heated backlight relay brown / bus Rear fog relay brown / bus Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black Fuel pump relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus RH FASCIA RELAYS LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD) RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) brown / bus CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD) Intercooler pump relay (RHD): VIN 024687 brown / brown RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet ➞ Heated backlight relay brown / bus ➞ RH windshield heater relay brown / brown Fuel pump 1 relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus Trunk fuse box FEBRUARY 1998 Starter relay brown / brown Intercooler pump relay (LHD): VIN 024687 brown / brown Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown LH windshield heater relay brown / brown Rear fog relay brown / bus DATE OF ISSUE: Door locking relay black (violet) / violet Air conditioning isolate relay black (violet) / violet Tail lamp relay brown / bus Engine Management fuse box EMS control relay brown / bus Trunk fuse box TRUNK RELAYS: VIN 024687 ➞ Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet Fuel pump 2 relay brown / brown RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet 23 XK8 Range 1998 Main Power Distribution TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N N N BT80 BT61 250A x 2 B N N BT67 BT62 BT60 BT66 BATTERY EM71 FC91 LF71 ST1 6 03.1 04.1 04.2 03.2 STARTER N N BT63 250A BT79 Fig. 01.1 Main Power Distribution N N HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT68 (RHD) (LHD) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 15.1 15.1 NO 26 PK BT44-2 11 NY 48 II 25 A BT44-1 N II RG N N BT64 FC90 N RG FC6-6 N LF7-9 FC93 FC92 EM20-6 FC90 LF70 EM70 BT49 BT2-14 TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY 1 KY RH2-20 N FC21-6 KY 9 II WN N BT12-9 B+ (BT66) (BT65) 10 I RG BATTERY POST KY 12 2 1 II O AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY 3 2 I IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY 4 3 II EMS CONTROL RELAY 5 4 II 5 E FC14-97 WO 5 I II FC14-15 WN 16 I I FC14-32 LOGIC 1 09.2 1 07.2 2 07.2 2 09.1 3 09.2 3 09.1 4 04.3 4 14.1 5 09.2 5 09.1 6 18.1 6 13.2 04.6 04.8 13.3 18.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION POWER BUS BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION POWER BUS PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX I Fig. 01.4 BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION POWER BUS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE RELAYS DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 BATTERY POWER BUS RELAYS ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS POWER ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ 04.4 04.5 04.7 ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) XK8 Range 1998 3 FC6 -1 #2 10A FC6 -5 NK 7 11.4 12.1 12.2 BATTERY POWER BUS #1 20A SD1-2 NS NS 8 NU NU #3 30A NU NU FC6 -3 LFS20 LF1-20 NU RW 9 07.2 14.1 10 14.1 NK #1 20A RW RW #4 10A FC6 -8 FCS39 RW NB #5 15A NB FC5 -9 NR #2 10A FC21 -5 #3 FC21 -3 NR NR FC5 -10 NR FCS19 NY #7 15A FC5 -4 #8 5A FC5 -7 NY NP NP FCS5 N N NP FC5 -2 #9 N SDS6 NW (LHD) NU (RHD) #11 20A NW (LHD) NU (RHD) NW FC21 -8 FC6 -4 #15 25A NO FCS81 FC5 -3 NO N AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD) NO NLG #17 10A NO NO NLG DDS2 18 13.2 09.1 09.2 12.1 12.2 12.3 NP 12.4 13.3 NP FC20 -9 18.1 NY NY 13.3 #6 10A FC20 -10 #7 20A FC20 -4 20 11.2 RH14-2 NY NY FCS23 NB N N #8 5A 12.2 12.4 35 11.2 11.3 12.1 36 11.3 11.4 15.1 13.1 13.2 31 13.1 32 13.1 33 13.1 34 15.1 37 13.1 38 10.1 22 12.1 N FC20 -7 12.2 N SPS1 SP1-5 NP 23 07.2 #9 10A FC20 -2 24 19.1 #11 20A FC21 -2 #13 FC21 -4 #15 25A FC20 -3 25 10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1 26 01.1 NP NU (LHD) NW (RHD) NY NY FCS82 NY AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD) 41 07.1 42 11.2 43 12.3 12.4 44 12.3 12.4 45 16.1 16.2 16.3 47 10.1 11.3 13.1 48 01.1 15.1 27 18.1 NR N NY NP NP #18 10A 29 08.1 FC20 -6 FCS88 15.1 BT2-2 NG FC20 -1 28 18.1 46 07.2 DP1-22 NY NG #17 15A NLG NP 49 BPM 50 10.2 51 10.2 PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 E 13.3 40 07.1 AC15-2 (LHD) AC16-3 (RHD) NY BT58-2 FC5 -6 6 5 13.2 39 16.4 BPM II 15.1 IC2-13 15.1 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX 1 13.3 AC12-20 NB 19 BPM 21 12.1 NW NW RH2-13 NLG NR #18 5A NW 15 BPM BT2-8 FCS40 FC5 -1 NW DD1-4 DD1-22 RH2-8 NLG NW 14 17.1 17 13.2 NW ACS3 NU (LHD) NW (RHD) NY NO DPS2 NW AC13-14 NW AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD) NY #13 5A NW NW NW 13 17.1 16 06.1 12.3 NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only. SD1-5 FC6 -2 NR FCS89 11 14.1 RF1-7 NR NR DP1-4 12 17.1 30 11.4 SP1-2 NR #5 5A #6 5A NK FC21 -1 #4 5A 1 Fig. 01.2 2 NK BATTERY POWER BUS Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures. XK8 Range 1998 1 4 NK BATTERY POWER BUS NK NK #1 5A NK (CONV.) BTS36 BT13 -7 NK NK NS #2 20A NS BT13 -1 NG NG #9 10A NG NG BTS42 BT11 -3 RELAYS Fig. 01.1 52 09.2 11.4 15.2 53 15.2 54 15.2 55 15.2 56 15.2 NG 58 16.1 16.2 #10 10A NY BT13 -2 NU NU #12 20A (CONV.) NU BTS32 BT12 -3 NO NO #14 40A (CONV.) BT13 -4 #16 BT12 -4 #18 BT10 -1 #20 20A (CONV.) NO BTS4 NR NR NR BTS31 BT10 -3 NW #22 20A NW LF6 -3 #10 LF8 -2 #12 30A LF7 -3 #14 30A LF8 -4 #16 30A LF7 -4 16.3 59 16.3 68 13.2 NLG 69 04.3 NG 70 04.3 NY 04.6 04.6 04.8 04.8 07.2 II E #3 25A EM20 -3 61 13.1 13.2 NW NW NW NW NO (N/A) NO EMS41 EM20 -8 (SC) 72 06.1 #18 30A LF5 -1 #20 LF5 -3 #5 10A EM19 -9 #22 LF5 -2 #6 EM19 -10 #7 EM19 -4 #8 10A EM19 -7 #9 30A EM19 -2 #11 EM20 -2 #13 EM20 -4 #15 30A EM19 -3 #17 30A EM19 -1 NO NY NY NLG NLG NG NG NG NG NP NP NW NW 51 Fig. 01.2 52 81 Fig. 01.3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 63 15.2 64 15.2 66 15.2 67 15.2 67A 04.6 38 II II E 73 03.1 03.2 74 04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5 75 05.1 75A 04.7 NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 76 04.3 04.6 04.8 77 04.3 04.6 04.8 07.2 78 04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.6 04.8 65 15.2 6 39 NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 62 15.2 04.8 NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. #18 10A 7 72A 04.8 13.3 EM19 -6 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX 6 5 EM20 -5 #4 5A BT12 -7 Fig. 01.1 1 #2 20A NO TRUNK FUSE BOX 1 EM20 -1 07.2 71 06.1 NR #1 60 16.3 IC4-2 NY NW #9 10A 57 11.5 IC4-1 NG Fig. 01.3 5 BATTERY POWER BUS (COUPE) BATTERY POWER BUS RELAYS Fig. 01.1 Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ 79 07.2 80 07.2 81 04.3 04.7 XK8 Range 1998 Ignition Switched Power Distribution 1 II II WU IGNITION POWER BUS WU #10 5A 6 II FC6 -7 WP 7 II WP 8 II WP #12 10A WP FCS8 FC6 -10 WP WP 9 II ACS17 AC15-3 WP FCS29 FC5 -8 WR EMS15 WR #16 5A DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX 12 04.3 II BT13 -9 #5 BT11 -2 WR FC21 -10 04.6 WG 13 08.1 II WG 14 04.1 II WG 15 17.1 II WR 16 11.4 II WR 17 07.2 II WR 18 07.2 II WR 19 05.1 II 05.2 WR 20 05.1 II 05.2 WR 20A 05.2 II #14 20A FC20 -8 #16 FC20 -5 LG LG 21 16.4 I WY WY 22 16.1 I WU 23 18.1 I IC2-12 WU 24A 04.6 II WR 25 11.5 II WB 26A 05.2 II WB 27 05.1 II WB 28 05.1 II WP 29 03.1 II WR 30 13.2 II WR 31 09.3 II WR 32 09.3 II WR 33 09.3 II WU 34 06.1 II WK 35 03.1 II 03.2 WK 36 04.1 II 04.2 04.4 WK 37 04.3 II 04.6 04.8 04.2 04.8 NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. 1 09.2 2 07.2 4 04.3 04.8 RELAYS TRUNK FUSE BOX NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 4 (SC) WB 16.2 #1 10A LF8 -7 #2 5A LF8 -1 WB (N/A) EMS42 LF40-13 WP WP PI2-12 LF3-13 16.3 WR #3 5A LFS5 LF8 -8 WR LF60-9 WU LF8 -9 WK #5 10A PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX LF6 -2 WK LF40-10 WR EMS6 LF5 -9 38 II 1 07.2 2 09.1 RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 04.6 #4 5A 1 04.8 WG II FC21 -7 WG BTS1 BT10 -9 IGNITION POWER BUS IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS #4 5A 24 09.2 II II I #12 5A BT13 -8 26 2 #10 5A WG #3 5A WG 07.2 WG FCS63 FC5 -5 07.1 11 11.1 II WR EM2-3 07.2 WP RF1-1 WR 19.1 10 07.2 II WG #14 10A IGNITION POWER BUS 3 Fig. 01.4 Ignition Switched Power Distribution Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 03.2 04.5 04.7 XK8 Range 1998 Engine Management Switched Power Supplies Engine Management Switched Power Supplies 5 ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS E WR #10 5A 39 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WR 40 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WR 41 05.1 E WR 42 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WR 43 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WU 44 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WU 45 04.3 E 04.6 04.8 07.2 WU 46 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 WU 47 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 WU 48 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 WU 48A 04.7 E WP 49 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WP 50 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WP 51 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WP 52 04.3 E 04.6 04.8 WP 53 04.1 E 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 WP 54 04.3 E 04.6 04.8 07.2 WP 54A 04.7 E NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. WP 54B 04.7 E NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. WY 55 04.1 E EMS7 EM20 -7 WR WR ELS3 EL1-1 WU WU LFS24 LF40-12 WU #12 10A WR WU EMS16 EM20 -10 WU (N/A) PIS6 PI1-28 NOTE: LF3-9 introduced VIN 024687 ➞. (SC) WP LF3-9 WP #14 10A EMS30 EM19 -8 WP WP PI1-47 PIS8 WY #16 5A EM19 -5 NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ Fig. 01.5 XK8 Range 1998 Ignition Switched Ground Distribution III III III III II II II II I I I I IGNITION SWITCH (OFF) IGNITION SWITCH (I) IGNITION SWITCH (II) IGNITION SWITCH (III) WO 2 II WO RW III 1 WO FCS48 FC4-5 BK WO FCS26 5 II WN I 4 II WO FC4-3 BK 3 II BPM FC4-1 II WO FC4-2 WO WO 6 II ACS15 AC13-2 IGNITION SWITCH WO 7 II 14.1 13.2 13.3 19.1 BPM 04.1 04.2 05.3 06.1 09.2 11.5 NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. 04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5 04.7 05.3 06.1 04.8 07.2 NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. 09.2 FC3BL RG 8 II WO RG FC46-2 RG FC46-1 FC46-3 RG FCS25 LFS27 LF60-8 RG RG RH2-9 WN WN 01.1 9A 04.6 II RG 10 01.1 II RG 11 01.1 II WN 12 01.1 I WN 13 18.1 I WN 14 10.2 I WN 15 13.2 I WN 16 BPM I WN 17 07.1 I WN 18 19.1 I BT1-18 FCS20 WN BPM RG BT1-16 RH2-10 9 II RG INERTIA SWITCH AC13-1 BPM 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Fig. 02.1 Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 13.3 NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures. VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ 11.5 XK8 Range 1998 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig. 03.1 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N N BT80 BT61 250A x 2 B N BT67 BT68 01.1 BT62 N BT66 BT60 BATTERY N BT63 250A 01.1 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE NB 15 B+ FC14-80 RW III RW 1 FC14-41 WO II 02.1 Y FC4-3 FCS48 WN I 73 SU NW 3 5 WR WK 1 2 GO D 35 FC14-92 IGNITION SWITCH (III) FC3BL EM50 D FC14-39 02.1 FC4-2 FC4-5 GO EMS28 EM1-15 I FC4-1 BK GO GO O FC14-73 BK ST1 II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL BK FCS47 BK BK RU FC89-3 STARTER RELAY POWER RU I FC14-7 FC89-1 LOGIC NEUTRAL SWITCH FC3BR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GO I EM11-6 ENGINE START FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION SU D GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE D SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE D OK TO START FC22-9 PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 05.1 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE G EM10-15 Y Y D EM10-17 I OK TO START Y FCS74 EM3-8 FC22-17 O O D EM10-6 EM2-18 FC22-16 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR ST2 N 6 B 29 WP ST10 II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1 PI50-2 SW SW EM1-14 SW PI1-11 STARTER MOTOR REGULATOR PI50-1 B N AN1 AN3-1 ST11 B AN2 AN3-2 GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 WR EM60-2 ST3 VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ N XK8 Range 1998 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N BT80 BT61 250A x 2 B N BT67 BT68 BT66 BT60 BATTERY N BT63 250A 01.1 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE NB 15 B+ FC14-80 RW III RW 1 FC14-41 WO II 02.1 Y FC4-3 FCS48 WN I 73 SU NW 3 5 WR WK 1 2 GO D 35 FC14-92 IGNITION SWITCH (III) FC3BL EM50 D FC14-39 02.1 FC4-2 FC4-5 GO EMS28 EM1-15 I FC4-1 BK GO GO O FC14-73 BK N ST1 01.1 BT62 N Fig. 03.2 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL STARTER RELAY P, N RU O RU I POWER FC14-7 FC100-4 LOGIC P, N B B EMS43 B EM2-2 EM2AL (EM1AL) G O FC100-5 I BODY PROCESSOR MODULE EM1-11 FC100-2 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH GO I EM11-6 ENGINE START FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION G I SU EM10-15 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE Y Y D EM10-17 OK TO START Y FCS74 EM3-8 GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE D SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE D OK TO START FC22-17 O O D D FC22-9 EM10-6 EM2-18 FC22-16 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WR KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR EM60-2 ST3 ST2 N 6 B 29 WP ST10 II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PI50-2 08.1 SW SW EM1-14 PI1-11 STARTER MOTOR REGULATOR SW PI50-1 B N AN1 AN3-1 ST11 B AN2 AN3-2 GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ N XK8 Range 1998 AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN WY 55 A B E EM64-2 UPSTREAM HO2S VVT SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS B CMPS CKPS KS IATS KS A ECTS A CCV B DOWNSTREAM O2S FTP SENSOR A B B EM64-1 υ υ B Fig. 04.1 AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 λ λ λ λ I EM11-9 I EM11-10 I EM11-11 O EM11-12 I EM11-13 BRAKE SWITCH EM11-14 O 03.1 D EM10-6 SERIAL COMMUNICATION K 19.1 EM12-12 I EM12-13 I EM12-14 I EM12-15 I EM12-16 I EM12-17 O D EM12-18 O EM12-19 SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.1 EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE G 05.1 EM12-22 I EM10-15 PK 01.1 O EM10-16 Y 03.1 D EM10-17 CAN G 19.1 C– EM10-25 CAN Y 19.1 C+ G 19.1 EM13-4 O EM13-11 O EM13-12 O EM13-13 I EM13-17 I EM13-18 I EM13-19 I EM13-20 I EM13-27 I EM13-28 EM13-29 CAN Y 19.1 C+ EM10-28 ECM PROGRAMMING 19.1 ENGINE CRANK 03.1 P D EM11-3 GO I EM11-6 ECM PROGRAMMING W 19.1 GY EM16 78 53 5 GY GY EMS20 WP B+ EM14-1 3 1 B+ EM14-2 GR 2 E O 7 6 51 Fig. 01.2 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 EM1-10 OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O RH1-8 BRD EMS3 PI1 -50 -49 I EM14-4 O EM14-5 O EM14-6 I EM14-7 I EM14-8 I EM14-9 I EM14-10 O EM14-11 O EM14-12 O EM15-1 O EM15-2 O EM15-3 O EM15-8 O EM15-9 I EM15-11 I EM15-12 I EM15-22 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1 PIS9 EMS9 R G BK R R B B B B G G R G PI2-7 PI2-6 EMS19 42 43 E E EMS18 EL2-2 EL3-2 1 2 EL2-1 EL3-1 PI33 -2 PI33 -1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 PS PU PN RG RY B B B -2 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3 PEDAL POSITION 38 II II 39 E 55 E EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR) BK Fig. 01.5 B EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL) B I Fig. 01.4 1 MECHANICAL GUARD -2 TPS THROTTLE MOTOR ELS1 18 I EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR) EL1-2 PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS EL1-5 PW RW PY EL1-4 6 EL4 -1 THROTTLE ASSEMBLY EMS31 EL1-3 NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only. EM2AR (EM1AR) Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ W U W -1 BRD N BRD U BG RG UW WU OK WP BRD PS U B W B U G UY N BRD S BRD P Y BRD OK RH1-9 RH1-10 UP GY G R N U BY BY BP ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6) Fig. 01.1 EM1-4 EMS1 EM13-14 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY 1 UW D EM13-2 NG EM1-9 C– EM10-27 BG RG UW PIS1 EMS8 O EM10-26 CAN PI1-6 D EM10-13 PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BG BG BG UW EM10-12 O BT2 -4 -5 -3 G PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OK TO START I E LF40-5 EMS2 I EM10-14 EM2-13 EM11-16 EM24 -2 44 E U BRD UW BG FC19 51 PI1 -5 BG OU EM11-15 I -1 UW OU I O EM11-8 B BRD O RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K UP EM11-7 -20 UW EM1-8 EM10-10 I BG BG PI1 -19 BY I EM10-23 -18 R FCS35 US EM10-22 I PI1 -17 K BRD AC13-3 US EM10-21 I EM22 -2 B AC24-1 US O BG UW B BK PI1 -22 -23 -21 B AC24-4 US EM10-20 BT5 -1 -2 -3 -2 B GB O PI1 -25 -26 -24 B B EM14-3 -57 WR II B+ -31 WR WO 7 -4 -1 E BY BY GY E EM23 -3 50 PI1 -56 -54 -52 BG WR -2 -2 E EM10-9 40 B -4 -1 WP R N BRD S P Y BRD 46 W B EM21 -3 LF52 -1 BG RG UW E B+ O PIS10 49 E B BRD 48 U R W -2 UY E NO LF3-8 PI1-27 47 BY BY PI1-16 B+ EM10-5 74 -2 PI27 -1 B+ EM10-1 II W -2 PI26 -1 -1 BRD PU -3 R W -2 PI17 -1 PI4 -2 BG PI15 -1 S -3 W -4 PI35 -5 -2 -1 S WP RG -1 BRD WK E LF58 -2 UP 36 -2 BG WR PI32 -1 BY GY WU 39 -2 WU RY PI31 -1 WU EM2AL (EMIAL) PN EMS43 AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 KS A ECTS A B B EM64-1 υ υ B HO2S λ λ NOT USED -2 E E B+ EM11-11 O EM11-12 I EM11-13 EM11-14 I EM12-12 I EM12-13 I EM12-14 I EM12-15 D EM10-6 K 19.1 D EM12-17 O EM12-18 O EM12-19 EM10-12 SERIAL COMMUNICATION O 19.1 G 05.1 EM12-22 EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) I SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE PK 01.1 O EM10-16 Y 03.1 D EM10-17 CAN G 19.1 C– EM10-25 CAN Y 19.1 C+ O EM13-11 O EM13-12 O EM13-13 I EM13-17 I EM13-18 I EM13-19 I EM13-20 I EM13-27 I EM13-28 EM10-26 CAN G 19.1 EM13-29 Y 19.1 C+ EM10-28 ECM PROGRAMMING P 19.1 D EM11-3 ENGINE CRANK GO 03.1 I EM11-6 ECM PROGRAMMING W 19.1 GY EM16 78 53 B+ EM14-1 3 5 WP 1 2 GY GY EMS20 B+ EM14-2 GR E O II I EM14-4 7 6 51 Fig. 01.2 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 B W B U OK WP BRD PS OK UY N BRD PI1 -50 -49 O EM14-5 O EM14-6 I EM14-7 I EM14-8 I EM14-9 I EM14-10 O EM14-11 O EM14-12 O EM15-1 O EM15-2 O EM15-3 O EM15-8 O EM15-9 I EM15-11 I EM15-12 I EM15-22 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1 PIS9 EMS9 R G BK R R B B B B G G R G PI2-7 PI2-6 EMS19 EMS18 PS PU PN RG RY B B B 42 43 E E EL2-2 EL3-2 1 2 EL2-1 EL3-1 PI33 -2 PI33 -1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3 PEDAL POSITION 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR) BK Fig. 01.5 B EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL) B I Fig. 01.4 1 EL4 -1 MECHANICAL GUARD -2 TPS THROTTLE MOTOR ELS1 18 I EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR) EL1-2 PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS EL1-5 PW RW PY EL1-4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6) Fig. 01.1 1 EMS3 EM13-14 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY 1 BRD D EM13-2 NG OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O C– EM10-27 CAN S EMS8 EM13-4 EM10-15 RH1-8 UP GY G R N U BY BY BP D EM10-13 PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EM1-10 EMS1 UW SERIAL COMMUNICATION RH1-9 RH1-10 G O 03.1 EM1-4 UW EM12-16 OK TO START UW BG PARKING BRAKE SWITCH BT2 -4 -5 -3 BG RG UW PIS1 EM1-9 I EM10-14 EM2-13 EM11-16 PI1-6 EMS2 UW FC19 EM11-15 I EM24 -2 E LF40-5 BY OU I -1 44 E R EM1-8 EM10-10 EM11-10 I BRAKE SWITCH OU 51 PI1 -5 K BRD I I NOT USED EM22 -2 B FCS35 US -20 B AC13-3 US BT5 -1 -2 -3 -2 THROTTLE ASSEMBLY B AC24-1 US EM11-9 PI1 -19 EMS31 B AC24-4 US I -2 BG BG WR II GB EM11-8 RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K -18 BG WR 7 B O BG BG PI1 -17 BRD EM10-23 P EM10-22 I Y EM10-21 I PI1 -22 -23 -21 BRD O BG UW B BK PI1 -25 -26 -24 O EM10-20 -57 B BRD O -31 UP EM14-3 EM11-7 WO -4 -1 E BY BY GY E EM23 -3 50 PI1 -56 -54 -52 B+ BG WR -2 LF52 -1 NOT USED E EM10-9 40 B -4 -1 G R N S P Y W B EM21 -3 BRD 46 O PIS10 49 BRD 48 U W R -2 PI27 -1 UY E NO 74 LF3-8 PI1-27 47 BY BY PI1-16 B+ EM10-5 B BRD EM10-1 II W R -2 PI26 -1 B+ WP -3 -1 BRD PU -2 PI17 -1 PI4 -2 BG PI15 -1 W -3 S -4 W PI35 -5 -2 -1 S WP RG -1 BRD WK E LF58 -2 UP 36 -2 BG WR PI32 -1 BY GY WU 39 -2 WU RY PI31 -1 WU EM2AL (EMIAL) PN EMS43 EL1-3 NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only. EM2AR (EM1AR) Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ -1 BRD IATS KS N EM64-2 CKPS U BRD UW BG E B CMPS BRD A B MAFS U WY 55 HO2S EVAPP BG RG UW VVT SOLENOID VALVES BG RG UW ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN Fig. 04.2 AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 WU XK8 Range 1998 AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH KN BT11-10 I EM11-4 I EM11-5 I EM12-5 I EM12-6 I EM12-8 I EM12-9 O EM12-10 O EM13-1 O EM13-3 O EM13-16 EM13-22 O EM13-23 O EM13-24 O EM13-25 O EM13-26 O EM13-31 O EM13-32 O EM13-33 O EM13-34 O EM15-4 O EM15-5 O EM15-6 O EM15-7 O EM15-15 O EM15-16 O EM15-17 O EM15-18 PW GP PW GO PW PIS5 SG SW1 -3 SC3-3 SW2-3 SWS1 EM26 PI1-40 BO SW1 -6 FCS48 KW SW3-2 RESUME BO CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES SW2-6 STEERING WHEEL BK CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. FC3BL PW PI1-53 BO CANCEL 430 Ω SW3-1 EM27 -8 IGNITION MODULE 1 EM2 -15 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 EM27 -7 EM27 -12 1A 2B 3B PI1-46 EM27 EM27 -11 -10 PI1-45 PI1-44 EM29 -8 EM29 -11 4A EM29 -7 1B EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 EM29 -9 PI1-43 PW PW GP EM3-1 GO SG SG RH2 -15 EM2 -9 GR PW 680 Ω KN SP KW W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP EM13-15 O BO SW3-4 CASSETTE SC3-12 WU YW SLG SG RY EM13-9 O EM3 -4 BO SR WU SG -1 PW 5 3 NW UB 2 1 WP EMS22 2A 3A 81 52 E EM29 EM29 -12 -10 IGNITION COIL RELAY IGNITION MODULE 2 4B EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6 EM1-13 EM2-12 EM1-3 LGY EM11-1 PI25-2 LGO I EM3 -3 CASSETTE KN -1 PI20-2 LGW EM10-11 -1 GR I PI19-2 LGP EM10-4 -1 PI22-2 GB I -1 B EM10-3 PI21-2 EM2-14 RLG UG ULG UN UB RLG AC13-9 AC12-19 AC12-12 AC12-14 EM2-6 EMS31 UG ULG UN UB RLG NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. EM2AR (EM1AR) AC4-7 I AC3-1 O AC4-9 O AC4-17 I AC1-1 I AC12-13 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE B I UG ULG UN PG EM3 -6 KW RH1 -11 – 430 Ω SW3-3 LGU EM10-2 KN SW2-4 -1 GW TRUNK FUSE BOX SW1 -4 SC3-4 PI24-2 + BT2 -15 BT2 -6 FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) O EM3-2 SR -1 PI23-2 B II 680 Ω CASSETTE SR -1 LGK 2 4B II GK 26 WU SP SR 3A 12 LGR 1 WG FC63 -8 ON / OFF PI18-2 BT11-1 #7 20A FC63 -7 FC63 -9 2A PW NY 5 WU FCS71 AC13-16 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PG 3 AC24-3 WU 1B GB AC24-2 AC13-15 1 WU GW PG PW II 4A 560 Ω GK KW 1 560 Ω GS SP 24A FC63 -10 GS 2 10.2 3B LGS WG UW 5 GU 3 2B PW NW IGNITION COILS 1A RLG GU 67A DIMMER OVERRIDE PW NOT USED (FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY) Fig. 04.3 AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 PW XK8 Range 1998 EM17 RLG 5 3 NLG RY 2 1 WP EMS26 77 54 E BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OG LF9-2 W W WU LF9-9 LF40-6 PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 NG LF9-3 LF9-5 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WU RLG RLG PI1-13 OY PI1-38 45 E LF9-8 B PI36-1 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH 70 WU LF9-7 LF40-7 EM5 NY 76 BT55-2 NY 3 BR 5 FUEL PUMP 37 WK 1 UB EMS31 PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 NLG -1 LF12-2 WU 20 BAR YW 12 BAR REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 69 RH RADIATOR FAN OY BT2AL 1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B B LF13-2 4B LF13-1 LH RADIATOR FAN FUEL INJECTORS LF2AL NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5. 1 7 6 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 BK LF2BL VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ BK RG LF57-4 LF57-3 B FUEL TANK BK LF57-2 BTS50 BT55-3 2–30 BAR LF57-1 YW LF40-11 LF12-1 B NOT USED WU YW OG UB LF57-5 LF40-9 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE BP BR BO BR BY BR BS BR BW BR BG BR BN BR EM2AR (EM1AR) BR WU BU FUEL INJECTION RELAY UW BT55-4 UB LF3-6 LF2AR B B BT55-1 P LF9-1 PIS2 B 2 II NOT USED B BR PI2-5 9A II AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 HO2S KS EM10-5 NO 75A EM10-9 E WO 7 II B GB AC24-4 O B+ EM14-3 US AC24-1 EM11-7 WR 40 US US FCS35 AC13-3 US I EM11-8 I EM11-9 I EM11-10 I EM11-11 O EM11-12 I EM11-13 EM1-8 EM10-10 EM11-14 BRAKE SWITCH I EM11-15 I EM11-16 RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K PI1-6 EM1-9 EMS2 UW EM1-4 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 44 E E PI1 -5 BG BG RG UW PIS1 EM24 -2 RH1-9 RH1-8 UW EM12-1 EM10-14 EM12-2 EM12-3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH EM12-4 D EM12-12 I EM12-13 I EM12-14 I EM12-15 EM10-6 EM12-16 D EM12-17 EM10-12 D EM12-18 O EM12-19 EM10-13 EM12-22 EMS8 I EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EM13-4 PK 01.1 O EM10-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE 03.2 CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 Y D EM10-17 G C– EM10-25 Y C+ EM10-26 CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 G C– O EM13-11 O EM13-12 O EM13-13 I EM13-17 I EM13-18 I EM13-19 I EM13-20 I EM13-27 I EM13-28 EM10-27 EM13-29 Y 19.1 ENGINE CRANK 03.2 P D EM11-3 GO I EM11-6 ECM PROGRAMMING W 19.1 D EM13-2 GY EM16 NG 78 3 GY GY EMS20 WP 53 1 B+ EM14-1 5 B+ EM14-2 GR 2 E BRD EMS3 PI1 -50 -49 O I EM14-4 O EM14-5 O EM14-6 I EM14-7 I EM14-8 I EM14-9 I EM14-10 O EM14-11 O EM14-12 O EM15-1 O EM15-2 O EM15-3 I EM15-11 I EM15-12 I EM15-22 1 7 6 R G BK R R B B B B G G 51 Fig. 01.2 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 38 II II 39 E 55 E PI1 -3 -4 -1 43 E E PI33 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2 1 2 EL2-1 EL3-1 PI33 -1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3 EMS18 PS PU PN B B B EL1-4 BK EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR) B EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL) B EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR) I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 -14 PI2-6 EL1-2 6 R G PI2-7 42 EMS19 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.8) Fig. 01.1 -12 PIS9 EM13-14 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY -51 EMS9 C+ EM10-28 ECM PROGRAMMING OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O G EM10-15 U BRD UW BG G 05.2 UW PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BG O 19.1 UW SERIAL COMMUNICATION O BY K 19.1 EL4 -1 PEDAL POSITION -2 MECHANICAL GUARD TPS B SERIAL COMMUNICATION R O 03.2 EM12-7 I 18 I PW RW PY EL1-5 THROTTLE MOTOR PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS B OK TO START I EMS31 EL1-3 THROTTLE ASSEMBLY B EM2-13 YU YG YN YR UP UP GY G R N U BY BY BP WR FC19 I K BRD OU WR OU EM2AR (EM1AR) Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ -1 -1 UP -1 RH1-10 EM1-10 EMS1 EM22 -2 PI41 -2 BG BG BG UY PI1 -22 -23 -21 N PI1 -25 -26 -24 NOT USED BT5 -1 -2 -3 BT2 -4 -5 -3 LF40-5 51 OK 50 -2 OK -4 -1 -2 WP EM23 -3 B W B U B -2 BRD PS UY R N BRD S BRD P Y BRD O B BRD -57 BRD PN YU YG YN YR BG BG BG B+ -31 S EM10-23 PI1 -56 -54 -52 BRD I -4 -1 E P EM10-22 E Y I BG UW B BK 48A BRD EM10-21 E W B EM21 -3 LF52 -1 NOT USED BY BY GY II B+ EM10-20 O 49 O WK 36 O E UP B+ EM10-1 E BY BY LF3 -8 54A 54B B BRD PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7 WR NOT USED G -2 PIS10 WP -2 PI27 -1 U W R W -2 PI26 -1 -1 BRD PU -3 R W -2 PI17 -1 PI4 -2 BG PI15 -1 S W S -3 UP WP -4 PI35 -5 -2 -1 BG -1 BY GY WU LF58 -2 PN -5 WP -2 WP YU YG YN YR PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3 E υ λ NOT USED EM2AL (EMIAL) 39 λ PI1 -15 UP υ υ EMS43 IATS 2 B B EM64-1 B HO2S A BG A ECTS BRD IATS KS N EM64-2 CKPS BRD B E CMPS U WY 55 MAFS BG RG UW EVAPP BG RG UW ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN Fig. 04.4 AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 WU XK8 Range 1998 AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH WG BT2 -6 TRUNK FUSE BOX EM11-1 I EM11-4 I EM11-5 I EM12-5 I EM12-6 I EM12-8 I EM12-9 O EM12-10 O EM13-1 O EM13-3 KW EM3 -6 RH2 -15 SP EM3 -3 SR SW1 -4 SC3-4 EM3-2 2 1 WP EMS22 SW2-4 BO 430 Ω SW3-3 81 52 IGNITION COIL RELAY PI1-53 SW3-4 PW PIS5 680 Ω EM3 -4 CASSETTE SG SG SG SW1 -3 SC3-3 EM3-2 SW2-3 BO 430 Ω SW3-1 SW3-2 SWS1 EM31 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43 PW PW BO SW1 -6 SC3-12 FCS48 KN SR WU SG SW2-6 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES KW BK STEERING WHEEL CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. FC3BL EM2 -9 BO EM27 -8 EM27 -7 IGNITION MODULE 1 EM2 -15 EM27 -12 1A 2B EM27 EM27 -11 -10 3B EM29 -8 EM29 -11 4A EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -9 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 EM29 -7 1B EM29 -9 GP BO GO CASSETTE WU YW SLG SG RY UB PW GP -1 PW PI25-2 PW GU -1 2A WB 5 3 RY 1 2 NW 72A B EM29 EM29 -12 -10 3A 4B INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY IGNITION MODULE 2 WB EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6 B EM75-2 LGY I PI20-2 LGO EM10-11 -1 LGW I PI19-2 GR EM10-4 -1 PI22-2 LGP I -1 GB EM10-3 PI21-2 GW I -1 PI24-2 GK EM10-2 RH1 -11 PG WU BT2 -15 SR LGU O KN UG ULG UN PG NW 680 Ω SR BT11-10 FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) 3 CASSETTE KN 2 -1 LGK 1 II PI23-2 LGR 26 -1 GO PI18-2 BT11-1 #7 20A 5 E NY 5 EM26 PW II GU 3 4B 12 FC63 -8 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH 1 3A PW FC63 -9 GR WU FCS71 AC13-16 2A PW WU AC24-3 1B GB WU AC24-2 GW PG AC13-15 FC63 -7 PW PG 4A 510 Ω GK KW 1 II 270 Ω PW 2 SP GS WG 24A UW 5 3B GS 67A 3 FC63 -10 2B LGS NW RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE BT51 IGNITION COILS 1A PW FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY Fig. 04.5 AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 PW XK8 Range 1998 EM75-1 INTERCOOLER PUMP B B EM13-32 EM13-33 O EM13-34 O EM15-4 O EM15-5 O EM15-6 O EM15-7 O EM15-15 O EM15-16 O EM15-17 O EM15-18 W PI1-32 PI1-33 BN BU BR BR PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 WU 1 2 IJ2-1 LF9-8 LF9-5 LF9-3 OY 45 NG IJS1 -1 BR IJ1-3 IJ4-2 -1 IJ1-4 IJ5-2 -1 IJ1-5 IJ6-2 IJ2-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ2-3 IJ8-2 -1 IJ2-4 RLG IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 OG -1 UB UB NLG LF12-2 WU 69 WU 1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B LF13-2 LH RADIATOR FAN Fig. 01.3 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 20 BAR 12 BAR YW LF57-3 LF2BL LF2AL VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ BK RG LF57-4 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF13-1 FUEL INJECTORS NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.7. BK LF57-2 WU B OY 4B BK LF57-1 YW YW 2–30 BAR UB LF57-5 LF3-6 LF40-11 6 B P RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE RH RADIATOR FAN 81 54 PI36-1 IJ2-5 B 52 WP 77 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY LF40-9 Fig. 01.2 1 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH LF12-1 51 RY 2 LF2AR IJ1-2 EM2AR (EM1AR) IJ3-2 7 NLG PI1-13 BTS50 Fig. 01.1 3 70 BT2AL E AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE E RLG BT55-3 5 I E B IJS2 FUEL PUMP 2 II I AC1-1 5 BR IJ1-1 FUEL INJECTION RELAY BT55-4 1 O AC4-17 RLG LF9-1 BR EMS31 B 6 AC4-9 WU B B II UW LF9-9 BR BN WK BR PIS2 PI2-5 BT55-1 1 O LF9-7 5 BR 3 BU NY 76 37 FUEL TANK AC12-14 I AC3-1 EMS26 LF9-2 EM5 B AC12-12 AC4-7 EM25 PI1-30 FUEL PUMP 1 AC12-19 UG ULG UN UB RLG AC12-13 OG ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BT55-2 AC13-9 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS NY EM2-14 UG ULG UN UB RLG EM2-6 BP O RLG BP O EM1-3 BR EM13-31 BO EM13-26 O EM2-12 BO O EM1-13 BR EM13-25 BY EM13-24 O BY O LF40-7 BR EM13-23 BS O LF40-6 BS EM13-22 BR EM13-16 O BW O EM2AR (EM1AR) W WU BW EM13-15 BR O BG EM13-10 BG EM13-9 O EMS31 B BR O KN SP KW RY W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP 9A II XK8 Range 1998 AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1 AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN 'Listen only' node for gear selector position indicators. TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR TURBINE SPEED SENSOR PRESSURE REGULATORS SOLENOID VALVES L1 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR L2 L3 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE L4 P, N υ 2 3 4 5 1 2 – 3 EM46 -6 EM46 -5 EM46 EM46 -13 -14 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -12 -8 -9 -4 EM46 -1 EM46 -10 S RB Y W N + G BU UY RU OG OU OR OK OB RY YB YP YU U EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 -E -A -B -C -D + BY NO B+ EM7-26 WB 27 II II CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 B+ EM7-55 G C – EM7-82 Y G 19.1 C – EM7-85 CAN Y 19.1 EM7-1 O EM7-2 Y W O EM7-4 O EM7-5 I EM7-6 I EM7-8 I EM7-9 I EM7-12 I EM7-13 RP US I EM7-14 N EM7-15 EM7-16 BRD U EM7-18 BS C + EM7-86 I EM7-21 I EM7-22 I EM7-23 O EM7-28 WR BK G BY EMS25 EM7-30 O EM7-32 03.1 04.1 04.2 04.4 O EM7-33 I EM7-34 I EM7-36 I EM7-37 S Y I EM7-42 G US US US EM1-17 BY FC83-1 BY FCS62 FC83-3 BY AC12-11 NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. KICKDOWN SWITCH (LHD) BS BS EM1-16 BS BY BY AC27 AC28 AC29 AC30 ACS12 ACS11 AC12-15 YU YP B EM7-52 O EM7-53 FC35 -7 R RG OB RY RU 560 Ω 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 FC35 -9 10Κ Ω 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 II RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE 10Κ Ω BK FC35 -2 FC35 -1 MODE SWITCH 6 20 FC35 -10 EM2AL (EM1AL) 1 WR FC35 -8 RG EM3-14 EMS43 MODE STATE RP EM3-13 B 560 Ω RS RS RG TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE BY KICKDOWN SWITCH (RHD) RP O PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 04.5 D–4 SWITCH EM3-11 EM7-51 CAN BY BS O 19.1 EM1-18 BY OR YB EM7-29 EM7-45 CAN E BU UY BRD O EM7-44 19.1 41 OK OG B RB W O I CAN FCS47 BS I 19.1 BK FC88 -6 G CAN FC3BR C + EM7-83 CAN RB FC88 -9 19.1 OU RS O B+ EM7-54 WB 28 S Y C 330 Ω 2 75 FC88 -8 330 Ω 3 EM47 EM47 -J -K G C 330 Ω R Y C FC88 -4 – G 4 N G FC88 -3 330 Ω D B II C 330 Ω N 19 FC88 -1 330 Ω R 1 WR B+ 330 Ω P VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ BK FCS47 FC3BR XK8 Range 1998 AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2 AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN "listen only" node for gear selector position indicators. NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal gear ratio speed sensors. TRANSMISSION DUAL LINEAR SWITCH O B+ O I O O NOTE: Pressure regulators: MD – modulation pressure SD – shift pressure O n2 SPEED SENSOR O n3 SPEED SENSOR FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SOLENOID VALVES GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE PRESSURE REGULATORS P R FC100 RU -4 -5 G WR -3 -2 -7 -6 -8 -1 SWITCH (NOT USED) OPEN – P, N N υ B LGB LGU LGP LGN A B 1-2,4-5 2-3 C 3-4 TCC MD SD D 4 PARK, NEUTRAL RU 03.2 PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 04.7 GB1 -7 GB1 -3 GB1 -1 GB1 -12 GB1 -4 GB1 -6 GB1 -13 GB1 -8 GB1 -9 GB1 -11 GB1 -2 GB1 -10 3 G 03.2 B EM1-11 B B B B B B B B B B B 2 19 II FC88 -1 330 Ω – G C FC88 -3 330 Ω + C FC88 -4 330 Ω – C FC88 -8 330 Ω + C Y G Y FC88 -9 330 Ω FC88 -6 19.1 CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 CAN BK BK 330 Ω WR 20A WR B+ 330 Ω FCS47 II FC3BR EM2 -2 EM1 -17 EM1 -18 EM3 -13 GB2 -7 EM3 -14 B LGB LGU LGP LGN 26A WB II CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 B+ EM73-29 G C– EM72-L Y C+ I EM73-2 I EM73-3 I EM73-25 I EM73-26 I EM73-27 I EM73-28 I EM73-30 BS RS LGB LGU LGP LGN B BU GB2 -3 GB2 -1 G U GB2 -12 GB2 -4 BY UY GB2 -6 RY GB2 -5 GB2 -8 YB YP GB2 -9 YU GB2 -11 GB2 -2 OG OK BS GB2 -10 OB BS EM1-16 BK AC12-15 AC25-1 EMS43 O EM72-13 O EM72-14 O EM72-15 O EM72-16 O EM72-17 O EM72-33 I EM72-34 I EM72-35 O EM72-36 O EM72-37 O EM72-38 G BU YB YU YP OG FC35 -9 EM3-11 WR 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 270 Ω BK MODE STATE BY UY U OK OB RY MODE SWITCH B 6 38 II II 39 E II FC35 -10 EM2AL (EM1AL) 6 20 FC35 -8 510 Ω RLG TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 1 BK FCS48 FC3BL 1000 Ω RS EM72-12 BK AC12-11 KICKDOWN SWITCH EM72-H I AC25-2 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ FC35 -1 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE BK FCS47 FC3BR XK8 Range 1998 Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO 6 II B US GB AC26-4 AC26-1 ACS16 US US US FCS35 AC13-3 WO 7 II B I EM10-10 Y US GB AC24-4 US EM1-8 C + EM1-6 AC24-1 EM10-28 G BRAKE SWITCH (RHD) C – EM1-7 EM10-27 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Y C + FC88-4 G C – FC88-3 Y C + FC88-9 G C – FC88-8 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE Y C + FC25-24 G C – FC25-47 – U U S FCS11 FC25-20 + S S S FCS12 FC25-19 19.1 SCP 19.1 SCP MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK 15 NB B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80 19 NY B+ (SOLENOIDS) FC14-104 – U S FC14-84 5 WO I II 16 + S S FC14-15 WN FC14-85 I I OG OG O FC14-32 RW O FC14-51 BK FCS47 BK SB FC87-3 SB FC86 -2 FCS46 FC2BR (FC4BR) GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CONTROL BK B B FC86 -1 FC14-48 RW B SC1-1 B SC1-2 B FCS49 I FC87-1 FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH KEYLOCK SOLENOID FC4BR (FC2BR) POWER COLUMN SWITCHGEAR FC3BR LOGIC BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ Fig. 05.3 XK8 Range 1998 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR 72 NR B+ 34 LF37-1 WU II UO EM37-2 LF40-1 EM37-1 B+ LF37-20 71 UO O LF37-9 UB I NY LF37-25 UB LF40-2 LF37-13 B+ S I S LF37-3 CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 Y C + G LF37-5 G LF37-4 G RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FR1-2 LF42-2 FR1-1 LF42-1 C – LF37-15 NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) 6 WO II B NOT USED LF1-13 C + NOT USED LF37-10 C – Y O I UP Y LF60-5 LF37-6 O LF60-4 LF37-7 Y RH1-16 Y BT2-11 O RH1-15 O BT2-10 US US US FCS35 AC13-3 II RR1-2 BT73-2 LF37-19 US LF60-1 I LF37-2 W I W LF37-17 WO RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RR1-1 O AC26-1 ACS16 7 Y BT73-1 US GB AC26-4 NOT USED LF37-11 B US GB AC24-4 R AC24-1 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FL1-2 LF41-2 R LF37-18 FL1-1 LF41-1 BRAKE SWITCH (RHD) P I 16 NR RY FC55-9 STABILITY / TRACTION STATE FC55-11 RY LF60-6 LF37-16 U B FCS49 R FC55-16 FC55-12 R LF60-7 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E BT2-13 RL1-2 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR U BT72-1 RL1-1 B ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 RH1-18 U LF37-24 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK 1 U P BT72-2 B I STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH FC4BR (FC2BR) P BT2-12 LF37-8 I LF37-14 P RH1-17 U LF60-3 LF37-22 I B P LF60-2 LF37-21 O 18 I LF3AS Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ Fig. 06.1 XK8 Range 1998 Climate Control: Part 1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SOLAR SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY ASPIRATOR MOTOR VENT SERVO Fig. 07.1 Climate Control: Part 1 EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY DEFROST SERVO EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO FOOT WELL SERVO υ υ NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide power for the A/CCM to 'park' the servos. υ BW OY LF29 -2 LF29 -1 BW UB LGW B BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P FC12 -1 FC12 -2 FC12 -3 FC12 -4 LF60 -11 LF60 -10 FC44 -2 FC44 -3 FC44 -5 FC44 -4 FC44 -6 FC44 -8 FC44 -7 FC44 -9 FC52 -1 FC52 -2 AC7 -1 AC7 -10 AC7 -2 AC7 -3 AC7 -5 AC7 -4 AC7 -6 AC7 -8 AC7 -7 AC7 -9 BW UB LGW BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P OP KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P AC15 -5 AC15 -12 AC15 -14 AC15 -13 AC15 -15 AC15 -17 AC15 -16 OY RG PR SR OR RY RU AC15 -9 UB AC12 -18 LGW II AC4-1 WN 17 WN I I AC4-3 NY 40 NY B+ AC4-5 FC24 NY 41 4 3 5 2 1 GY GY AC13-12 B B GW FC4BR (FC2BR) AC4-2 GW AC15-8 FCS49 B+ O AC4-15 AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ENGINE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SG SG 08.1 AC12-10 08.1 AC12-8 OU 08.1 19.1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.1 O AC1-7 O AC1-8 O AC1-9 O AC1-12 O AC1-13 O AC1-19 O AC1-20 O AC1-21 O AC1-22 O AC1-25 O AC1-26 I AC2-1 I AC2-2 I AC2-3 I AC2-5 I AC2-10 I AC2-11 I I AC2-13 I O AC3-2 D AC3-3 I AC3-5 I AC3-6 AC4-6 OU AC12-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION AC1-6 AC5 -2 AC5 -6 AC5 -12 AC5 -7 P BW YG PY Y AC5 -1 P BW YW RB NR AC6 -6 AC6 -12 AC6 -7 P BW YW RB NR AC6 -1 AC6 -2 RY PR PY RB UW UO RU SR Y NR UR GU BW AC15-11 ACS21 OP RG YW SU OR YG UY AC2-6 PY PY O Y ACS4 BW B+ PY P AC15-10 FCS34 WP YG OP FCS33 WP P BW AC15 -4 P 8 υ I AC4-16 K D AC4-10 O D D AC3-7 O AC3-8 I AC3-11 I AC3-12 O AC4-4 O AC4-8 O AC4-12 I AC4-13 O AC4-14 O AC4-18 O AC4-19 I AC4-20 S SG OY UG SY SR UB KU S AC12-1 SG AC12-4 SY AC12-3 SR AC12-2 AC4-21 WU WU P WR B B LGW BW BK AC12-6 WR RK B RLG AC12-7 B FCS46 FC43 -7 B AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE FC43 -5 FC43 -6 FC43 -2 FC43 -3 FC43 -4 FC43 -1 FC43 -8 FC43 -9 B WR WU SR SY SG S R RG I D D I I I CLOCK DIMMER OVERRIDE LOCATE ILLUMINATION I B+ DATA I B+ DATA I START FC2BR (FC4BR) FC3CS CONTROL PANEL 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 10.2 AC12-5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ 10.2 DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING XK8 Range 1998 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2 Climate Control: Part 2 EM45 NP 80 3 GK 5 B EM48-2 EM48-1 PS 2 WR 1 17 II 69 NLG OG LF12-2 OG LF9-2 LF12-1 W W RH RADIATOR FAN WU LF9-9 LF40-6 RH WINDSHIELD HEATER NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. Refer to Fig. 04.3, Fig. 04.6 and Fig. 04.8. 45 E LF9-8 EM1BL (EM1BS) RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY EM44 B OY OY LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-3 LF9-5 70 RLG 5 3 NLG RY 2 1 WP 77 EM10-3 EM10-4 I EM12-5 I EM12-6 O EM12-10 WR 1 EM49-2 18 II LH WINDSHIELD HEATER 54 FC28 UG ULG UN NS 8 3 RN RN 5 RLG EMS26 RLG B PI1-13 LGR PI36-1 2 WP 1 B DD8-9 II EM13-15 O EM13-16 W WU EM1 -3 ULG UG UN UB UB RN RN DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY WU WU YW AC13 -9 DP1-5 B DP8-9 BK BK 1 26 12 BAR YW BK LF57-3 AC1-3 O AC1-4 O AC1-5 O AC1-16 O AC1-17 O AC1-18 RLG RLG AC12-13 EM2-6 9A B RH17 RH18 LGP 2 HEATED BACKLIGHT BK RH2S HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2) LFS25 LF57-4 NOTE: Circuit revised VIN 024687 ➞. BT58-3 BT10-8 BK RLG U UY PS LGR LGN RW LGP BT13-3 II TRUNK FUSE BOX LF2BL LGP LGP AC13-10 AC1-2 RH2-7 BT2-1 RG II RHD 23 LHD 46 AC20 NU 3 5 UW UW AC6-5 UY 2 1 WP 10 II UB AC12-14 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY EM2-14 AC12-17 1 US AC12-16 U 4 AC6-13 U I AC2-7 O AC2-8 I AC2-15 O AC2-16 O AC3-1 I AC4-7 O AC4-9 I AC4-17 B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL)) UY UY 5 #17 25A 20 BAR WU YW 3 1 LF57-2 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH O B DPS1 DP8-11 PASSENGER MIRROR LF57-1 LF40-11 AC12 -12 2–30 BAR UB LF57-5 LF3-6 LF40-9 AC12 -19 O FC4AL (FC2AL) BT13-10 EM1 -13 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AC1-1 B DD1-1 P EM2 -12 I B DDS1 DD8-11 DRIVER MIRROR PS AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH DD1-5 7 AC15-19 WU YW RY RN RN ACS1 AC13-4 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE AC13-8 O EM2BS (EM2BL) LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM2-4 I 2 PS LF2AR I PS EMS24 LF9-1 EM10-2 B GS 5 E B O 3 EM49-1 LF9-7 LF40-7 NG 79 EM17 WU WU LH RADIATOR FAN LF2AL NG B B RW 2 AC6-8 US GO UK GP G GO 3 AC6-10 FC2AL RH BLOWER MOTOR ULG EM2-5 LF60-18 RHD UG UN UB U LHD 46 23 AC20 NW 8 10 UR UR AC5-5 U B EM43-2 B EM43-1 B P EMS31 Y EM41-2 EM41-1 YW YW LF7-2 LF3-1 RW AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE 5 3 2 1 7 6 WP 9 II 38 II LF5-5 HEATER VALVE LGN 4 #15 10A LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY HEATER PUMP HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) 1 UK 4 AC5-13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX B NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1. U B B 2 AC5-8 GP EM2AR (EM1AR) G AC5-10 3 FC4AL LH BLOWER MOTOR 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Instrument Packs RN B+ NR 29 FC25-25 ILLUMINATION WG 13 FC79-17 RY O FC25-28 B+ II B+ FC25-3 B+ FC79-8 10.2 DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING 10.2 BATTERY VOLTAGE RO I ILLUMINATION SUPPLY I DIMMER OVERRIDE FC25-27 FC26-1 OIL PRESSURE RLG FC26-21 RK O OW O FC26-2 BATTERY VOLTAGE SCP 19.1 SCP 19.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE S RG RS O BATTERY VOLTAGE RB FC26-11 FC25-20 BATTERY VOLTAGE Y RU O C + OIL PRESSURE C – OIL PRESSURE C + OIL PRESSURE C – OIL PRESSURE 16.1 16.2 16.3 OG FC26-18 UW O VEHICLE SPEED O ENGINE SPEED O ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE I BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE I BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE I OIL PRESSURE GAUGE I OIL PRESSURE GAUGE I OIL PRESSURE GAUGE I OIL PRESSURE GAUGE FC79-9 O FC25-48 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT OS FC26-17 G 19.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE FC79-19 O FC25-23 CAN OU FC26-15 Y 19.1 I FC79-20 O FC25-47 CAN OB FC26-10 G 19.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE FC79-14 O FC25-24 I FC79-15 FC26-12 19.1 OIL PRESSURE WARNING FC79-12 O S – I FC79-13 FC26-9 FC25-19 U BATTERY CHARGE WARNING FC79-18 O S + I FC79-11 FC26-8 CAN ILLUMINATION SUPPLY FC25-2 DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING CAN Fig. 08.1 Instrument Packs FC79-10 FC26-20 A/CCM PY 07.1 FC26-3 A/CCM SG 07.1 FC26-4 A/CCM OU 07.1 O VEHICLE SPEED O VEHICLE SPEED O VEHICLE SPEED BK FC26-5 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE 11.1 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 11.5 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 11.5 (CIRCUITS CONTINUED) BK FCS48 I FC79-16 FC3BL UB MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC26-6 ON FC26-7 TRIP SELECT SO I ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING I CHARGE WARNING UY I FC25-13 FC27-7 A/B (TRIP SELECT) FC27-9 000 (RESET) FC25-6 GENERATOR 03.2 SW 03.1 RESET AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE FC25-36 YW 17.1 I BR AIRBAG WARNING FC25-33 FC26-16 UR NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. EM2-16 1 ΚΩ FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 900Ω RW 80Ω F E BT2-18 BT7 MESSAGE FC25-35 RW RH1-14 FC27-2 Y I FC26-24 RW O I FC26-22 IMPERIAL; METRIC; U.S.A. O FC27-8 CLEAR R I FC25-14 FC27-1 MI / KM FC26-14 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK BT8 BW BW BT2-17 BW RH1-13 I FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FC26-13 TRIP CYCLE SU I P FC25-10 OS CLOSES WITH PRESSURE PI40-1 EM2-8 BK BK SCS1 BK SC2-9 BK FCS48 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH OS OS PI1-48 SU SC2-5 I OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF) FC3BL FC26-19 COLUMN SWITCHGEAR OIL PRESSURE SWITCH BK BK I FCS48 FC25-1 BK BK EMS38 OP EM55-1 OP EM55-2 EM1-19 I FC26-23 LOW COOLANT WARNING B I B FCS49 FC25-26 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM1BR (EM2BR) FC4BR (FC2BR) FC3BL MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Audible Warnings NB 15 Audible Warnings B+ FC14-80 NY 19 B+ FC14-104 RW 1 I FC14-41 SCP SOURCES: • DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 • VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 • MEMORY – Fig. 12.1 • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 • NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3 • SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1 WO 5 II WN 16 I SCP I FC14-15 I FC14-32 U 19.1 AUDIBLE WARNING 1 O AUDIBLE WARNING 2 O GR GR FC14-82 SC1-10 GB GB FC14-83 SC1-11 S – FC14-84 SCP S 19.1 SPEAKER S + FC14-85 COLUMN SWITCHGEAR AUDIBLE WARNING CONTROL AUDIBLE WARNINGS: • DIRECTION INDICATORS • HAZARD WARNING • SIDE LAMPS ON • VALET MODE WARNING • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK • MEMORY CHIME • SECURITY ARM / DISARM • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) • SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) POWER LOGIC BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ Fig. 08.2 XK8 Range 1998 Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 09.1 Exterior Lighting: Front UB SCP SCP NOTE: 'Crank' input used with Daytime Running Lamps. U 19.1 LF5-4 #19 10A LF7-10 UW 5 1 4 S 19.1 3 4 #21 10A UG 2 LF5-7 UY 15 MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) NB B+ FC14-80 – S + S U 49 FCS11 FC25-20 1 FCS12 FC25-19 1 4 RW LF6-8 #6 10A LF6-4 UK 5 B+ FC14-79 S 3 4 NG #8 10A US 2 LF6-9 I OB FC14-41 5 WO II LIGHTING INDICATORS DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) I FC14-15 3 4 LF8-3 OW 5 LF8-10 #17 15A U S MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK 1 38 S – OG 2 II FC14-84 OB LF5-8 LF32-1 S + NR OG FC55-9 OG O FC55-18 FRONT FOG STATE LH FRONT FOG LAMP UB OG FCS37 FC14-20 LF1-7 MAIN OR OR BK FC55-19 REAR FOG LF31-1 PY PW B LF31-5 LF31-6 DI PW FC55-3 LH FRONT LAMP UNIT O FC14-96 HAZARD STATE FC4BR (FC2BR) LF1-2 FC14-2 I FC14-59 B FC55-16 GY GY O FC55-1 HAZARD FC3BR LF1-10 SIDE LAMP FC55-2 FCS49 DIP RK FC14-53 PY B LF31-4 LF1-6 RK O B LF31-2 FC14-45 I FC14-38 BK FCS47 UG O FC55-17 FRONT FOG UY LF1-5 FC14-68 FC55-20 LF31-3 US O REAR FOG STATE LF32-2 FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) FC14-85 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 16 NOTE: Circuits revised VIN 024687 ➞. B RB RB O LF1-9 FC14-54 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK LIGHTING CONTROL GO GO LF1-3 FC14-27 U U SC2-2 HEADLAMP FLASH I UB SC2-6 B LF4-1 LF4-2 YG R KG YG YG KG KG SC2-7 LF2BR I B LF22-1 I LF22-2 FC14-88 SC2-8 DIRECTION INDICATOR LFS9 FC14-14 OW L B LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) FC14-30 UB UB HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM LF11-2 LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) O U B LF11-1 RH FRONT FOG LAMP I FC14-61 UW LF21-3 UY DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT YU 11.4 UY YU UY SC2-4 MAIN I UK FC14-42 SC2-1 B LF21-2 BK FCS48 BK BK SCS1 SC2-9 B DIP SIDE BK LFS9 LF21-4 DIP RY SIDE RY RY SCS2 AUTO SC2-3 RY FCS9 I FC14-16 LF2BR RY RY O LF1-11 FC14-1 LF21-1 SIDE LAMP LIGHTING STALK GK GK O FC3BL LF1-1 FC14-3 B LF21-5 LF21-6 DI COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON 10.2 RH FRONT LAMP UNIT RY RW RW O LF1-8 FC14-28 POWER NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function. B LF10-1 LF10-2 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) LOGIC GR O FC14-81 GR LF1-4 GR GR LF40-8 EL1-6 B EL5-1 EL5-2 B ELS1 B EL1-5 7 51 Fig. 01.2 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 LFS8 LF1AL EM2AR (EM1AR) NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only. Fig. 01.1 LF1AL B RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) 6 LFS8 B EMS31 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 B VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Exterior Lighting: Rear NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only. US NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. 11.5 BT11-5 BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) ADAPTIVE DAMPING US UG BT11-8 #8 5A NK 52 NK 1 B+ (REVERSE LAMPS) 3 5 SCP 19.1 U FCS11 U 1 2 SCP 19.1 S FCS12 BT40-16 S S BT40-8 #19 5A BT40-5 1 LIGHTING CONTROL CAN Y 19.1 FC25-19 C + FC25-24 CAN 19.1 I BK BTS21 FC25-20 C – 1 R I 1 2 US FCS35 US AC13-3 3 1 RW B BT27-1 LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) OB OB OG 2 BT10-5 BTS3 BT31-7 YW BTS9 TRUNK FUSE BOX BT31-6 REVERSE S – S MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK RO B BT31-2 S + NB 15 UB B+ (LOGIC) R FC14-80 NY 19 BULB FAILURE SENSING O BT31-3 B+ (LIGHTING) NG WG 24 B+ (LIGHTING) RW 1 II RK B+ BT18-24 DI UP FC14-41 II BT31-4 BT18-17 I WO 5 GY BT18-16 FC14-79 NOTE: 'Crank' input activates general bulb failure output. STOP RY BT18-25 FC14-104 49 LH TAIL LAMP UNIT BT18-14 UO I FC14-15 RU BT18-15 RO NR LH TAIL; SIDE MARKER LAMPS FC55-18 FRONT FOG STATE OY FC55-20 REAR FOG STATE BT18-18 RU BL1-1 RU BB1-2 REAR FOG FC55-19 RG RU HAZARD FC55-1 UB LH STOP LAMP FC14-12 BK BTS21 BTS23 BT18-20 B GK LIGHTING CONTROL FC3BR B BL5-2 RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP UW RH STOP LAMP BT18-26 BB1-1 B BL5-1 BT18-19 BK B BLS2 BL1-2 BT18-22 I BLS1 BTS40 RU FC55-17 OP BL4-2 LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP RW BT18-23 O FC14-44 BK B B BL4-1 BT18-21 RH TAIL; NUMBER PLATE LAMPS FRONT FOG BT31-1 TAIL FC14-85 FC55-2 BT27-2 BT12-2 FC14-84 FCS47 MIRROR TINT 11.4 FOG U BK 7 II AC24-4 BT11-7 II LIGHTING INDICATORS FC55-16 WO B BRAKE SWITCH (RHD) REAR FOG RELAY (#1) 16 GB AC24-1 BT10-4 5 1 26 US ACS16 BT12-10 UO TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3) SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1AR US RH12-1 RS #15 10A REVERSE GEAR US BT1-9 RY I BK US BTS5 BT10-7 BT41-1 BT40-14 FC25-47 5 #21 5A BT40-13 U S – G BK S S + 3 6 II AC26-4 RK STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) YW O US BT11-9 BT40-7 S + BT1-11 RH12-16 1 OG O WO B BT11-4 #6 5A S – BT1-10 RH12-15 S U GB AC26-1 UP BT40-6 U Fig. 09.2 Exterior Lighting: Rear BT30-4 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK BT3S DI BT1AR LAMP CONTROL MODULE UW BT30-5 YG L YG SC2-7 KG SC2-8 DIRECTION INDICATOR RS O FC14-88 KG R I RH2-16 FC14-95 I FC14-61 GY FC14-50 BT30-7 TAIL BT1-2 YW GK RH2-1 FC14-76 B BT30-6 RH2-3 GK O RG BT2-9 GY O STOP RS BT1-1 BT30-2 REVERSE OB UY DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT 11.4 YU YU UY SC2-4 UG I (CONV.) FC14-42 SC2-1 UG SIDE BK BK FCS48 BK BK SIDE DIP SCS1 SC2-9 UG BB1-3 RY RY SCS2 AUTO RY SC2-3 RY FCS9 B UG BL1-3 BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE) UG B BT30-1 FOG BLS1 (COUPE) (COUPE) BT1-17 I B (CONV.) BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE) B RH TAIL LAMP UNIT BL1-1 B FC14-16 RW RHS2 B POWER FC3BL LIGHTING STALK B COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 10.2 BTS23 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP RY B BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BT3S 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 B BT26-2 B BTS17 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) BB1-1 RH1S LOGIC DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON BT26-1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ BT2AR XK8 Range 1998 Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling WR 33 II FC55-5 31 0 WR II 203 Ω 1 187 Ω GS 2 GS FC55-6 LF34-1 GS LFS6 LF60-15 SERVO AMPLIFIER LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR LF34-2 3 BK FC55-2 BK FCS47 LEVELING SWITCH LF34-3 FC3BR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK B LFS9 B LF2BR 32 WR II LF24-1 GS SERVO AMPLIFIER RH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR LF24-2 LF24-3 B LFS8 B LF1AL 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ Fig. 09.3 XK8 Range 1998 Interior Lighting NB 15 Fig. 10.1 Interior Lighting B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80 NY 19 NW B+ (LIGHTING) FC14-104 RW 1 NOTE: 'Crank' input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking. I WO FC14-15 WN UR FC4-5 19.1 19.1 SCP FC4-4 NW NW S S FCS12 S OY DD3-10 S + BT56-1 LH TRUNK LAMP FC14-85 INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL PW RH2-6 PW PW BTS25 BT1-5 RY RY BT59-2 BTS26 BT59-1 RY BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2 AC14 -9 AC14 -8 S U ILLUMINATION O ENABLE PW FC14-101 B FC33 U – S DD10-9 I DD3-11 B FCS46 FC34 FC2BR (FC4BR) GLOVE BOX LAMP DD11-12 DD11-4 KEY BARREL U ACS5 DD1-6 S + S DD10-16 BT46-1 BT46-2 TRUNK SWITCH PW FCS36 BK RY BTS6 RH TRUNK LAMP I OU UNLOCK DD3-12 RY BT56-2 U RH1S B+ DD10-1 NW B RHS2 RH3-1 PW S – FC14-84 PW 38 B RH3-2 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) U LOCK FC2BR (FC2BL) I RH2-5 FCS11 N FCS46 (LHD) FCS50 (RHD) FC32-1 RH FOOT WELL LAMP FC14-67 U 25 B B FC32-2 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC3BL SCP FCS1 FC14-24 FC14-32 BK FCS48 NW NW FADE 1 O I I BK FC4BL (FC4BR) I II 16 FCS50 (LHD) FCS46 (RHD) FC31-1 LH FOOT WELL LAMP FC14-41 5 B B FC31-2 S PW ACS6 DD1-3 PW PW RFS2 BK RF1-10 RF8-1 DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES RF8-3 LH VANITY LAMP BK GY DD3-6 DD3-7 I GW O DD11-20 BK PW DD10-14 RF7-1 DOOR LAMP CONTROL DRIVER DOOR SWITCH RF7-3 RH VANITY LAMP BK BK BK DDS7 DD1-2 B I LOGIC I POWER DD10-8 B DD1-21 DD10-17 LH MAP LAMP SWITCH DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC4AR (FC2AR) PW RF10-5 RW FADE 2 O LH MAP LAMP RW FC14-74 RF1-12 RF10-4 BK N 47 U – S B+ DP10-1 DP10-9 DP10-16 GY DP3-6 DP3-7 BK DP1-21 DP1-3 RH MAP LAMP SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD DOOR LAMP CONTROL BK I ROOF CONSOLE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GW LOGIC DP10-8 B DDS1 DD14-1 B DD1-1 FC4AL (FC2AL) DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP POWER DP10-17 GW PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC2AR (FC4AR) B DD14-2 I FC3BR GW O B B POWER DP10-14 DPS7 DP1-2 BK RF1-3 RH MAP LAMP LOGIC DP11-20 BK RFS1 S I PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH BK RF10-1 DP1-6 S + S BK U B DP14-2 DP14-1 B DPS1 B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL) PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ BK BTS21 BT1AR XK8 Range 1998 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK Fig. 10.2 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL RADIO CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC25 -28 FC79 -8 BK RO FCS48 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY FC26 -21 RO RLG FC25 -26 IC10 -3 B DIMMER OVERRIDE DIMMER OVERRIDE DIMMER OVERRIDE ILLUMINATION SUPPLY FC25 -27 HAZARD IC10 -4 RU RLG BRD RG LH SEAT HEATER RH SEAT HEATER FOG LAMPS TRACTION R B FC55 -10 FC55 -4 FC55 -16 B FCS49 FCS49 B BK IC1 -6 FC4BR (FC2BR) FC3BL IC1 -5 FC43 -9 FC43 -8 RLG RK FC43 -7 RLG B RK FC4BR (FC2BR) CE2 RLG RU B RLG RLG FCS4 SC3-8 RU NP 50 B+ O NP B+ O 51 WN RU B FC62-9 FC62-7 LOCATE CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC23-5 G O SC3-11 RK FC23-6 B RY FC59 SC11-3 DIMMER OVERRIDE RU FCS73 FC23-7 I SC3-10 SC11-6 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC23-12 Y G RY FC3BR FC23-2 O SC3-9 SC11-5 LOCATE FCS72 RO O Y FC42-1 RK O B FCS3 FC23-8 FC4BR (FC2BR) CIGAR LIGHTER RU B UY FC63-5 FC63-1 LOCATE SC2-4 RLG DIP BK FCS48 BK SC2-9 BK SIDE SCS1 RY RY SCS2 OFF FC3BL RY SC2-3 RY FC23-4 B COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 14.1 09.2 CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH RK I FC23-9 AC15-7 RK B FC27-3 FC27-4 LOCATE FC2BR (FC4BR) RY 09.1 B FCS46 DIMMER OVERRIDE FC63-10 I FCS9 LIGHTING STALK BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON RK DIMMER MODULE TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK B RK DD17-4 RK DDS5 DD17-5 RK ACS7 DD1-9 RK FC41-2 LOCATE LOCATE DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH RK B B B DDS1 DD1-1 RK DD5-1 B B DP1-1 FC88-10 LOCATE LOCATE DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE RK B DPS1 B FC88-5 DP17-3 RK DP17-4 DP1-9 RK B FC67-9 FC67-5 LOCATE LOCATE FC2AL (FC4AL) 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I VALET SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ FCS50 FC4BL (FC2BL) DD5-9 FC4AL (FC2AL) B B FC41-4 1 FCS49 LOCATE DIMMER CONTROL BK BK FCS47 FC23-3 UO SC11-4 FC35-1 I I UO FC35-5 FC23-1 FC23-11 14 BK RO FC23-10 G A/CCM DIMMER OVERRIDE FC35-10 Y 07.1 RLG RLG SC11-2 UO HEADLAMP LEVELING DIMMER OVERRIDE FC79 -16 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY ILLUMINATION SUPPLY LOCATE ILLUMINATION LOCATE XK8 Range 1998 Power Assisted Steering WP 11 II VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) B+ R O FC16-6 UB 08.1 FC16-2 I R EM2-7 S O FC16-4 FC16-5 FC16-8 R LL1-1 LL2-1 S EM2-1 B I Power Assisted Steering S LL1-2 LL2-2 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER B FCS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE LHD WP 11 II VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) B+ R O FC16-6 UB 08.1 FC16-2 I R EM2-7 S O FC16-4 FC16-5 FC16-8 S EM2-1 B I EM18-1 EM18-2 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER B FCS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE RHD 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ Fig. 11.1 XK8 Range 1998 Steering Column Movement STEERING COLUMN MOTORS NB 15 B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80 NY 42 FC14-102 RW 1 Fig. 11.2 Steering Column Movement TILT REACH B+ (COLUMN MOTORS) I FC14-41 WO 5 I II FC14-15 WN 16 I I SCP U 19.1 FC14-32 U FCS11 S – WU WG K N FC60 -3 FC60 -1 YK PN R WU WG U G S FC61 -4 FC61 -1 FC61 -8 PU PG BS FC14-84 SCP S 19.1 S FCS12 S + FC14-85 BK BK UR FCS48 FC4-5 FC60 -2 I FC4-4 WU FC14-67 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC3BL FC60 -5 BG O FC14-90 WU O FCS17 FC14-40 BK BK FCS47 BK SB SB I FC87-1 FC87-3 FC14-58 FC14-93 PN O NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC3BR YK I FC14-99 BR O STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT CONTROL FC14-100 BW O FC14-91 270 Ω PU I 100 Ω UP 470 Ω DOWN 820 Ω FORE FC14-66 PG O NP 20 NP SC3-5 SK SC9-1 SK SC3-6 SC9-3 FC14-78 I FC14-87 BS O FC14-52 AFT COLUMN MOTOR B I COLUMN JOY STICK FC14-25 B FCS46 POWER BK BK FCS48 BK SC2-9 BK YB SCS1 SC9-7 YB SC9-5 AUTO TILT SWITCH I SC3-7 LOGIC FC14-11 FC3BL BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC2BR (FC4BR) COLUMN SWITCHGEAR N 25 B+ DD10-1 U U U U ACS5 AC14-8 S S 35 DD10-9 S S ACS6 AC14-9 S – DD1-8 S + DD1-3 DD10-16 MEMORY 1 NW UP DD5-5 I DD5-7 DD11-21 KS MEMORY SET I DD5-10 DD11-6 UN MEMORY 2 NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. I DD5-6 DD11-22 UG SET MEMORY STATUS I DD5-8 DD11-2 MIRROR CONTROL DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK BK GY DD3-6 DD3-7 BK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH BK DD1-2 I DD11-20 BK DDS7 I LOGIC I POWER DD10-8 B B DD1-21 DD10-17 FC4AR (FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ FC60 -6 FC61 -3 BR WU FC61 -6 XK8 Range 1998 Mirror Movement Fig. 11.3 Mirror Movement U NB 15 S FC14-80 RW 1 19.1 SCP 19.1 SCP 19.1 CAN 19.1 CAN B+ I FC14-41 WO 5 II WN 16 I BK BK BK FCS47 I FC87-1 U S Y C FC25-24 S + FCS12 FC14-85 + FC25-20 S + S G – C FC25-19 FC25-47 LOGIC I FC14-58 REVERSE GEAR POWER U NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC3BR S – FCS11 FC14-84 I SB U S FC14-32 SB FC87-3 – FC14-15 S DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS VEHICLE SPEED VERTICAL BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AC14 -8 BK BK DDS7 DD1-2 GY DD3-6 DD3-7 U – U S U DD10-9 UP MEMORY 1 DD5-5 DD5-7 S S I DD11-6 UN MEMORY 2 DD5-6 I O O I DD11-22 UG DD5-8 K N U G Y WU WG K N U G Y ACS6 DD1-3 I KS DD5-10 SET MEMORY STATUS WU WG S DD11-21 MEMORY SET NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. ACS5 DD1-8 DD10-16 NW S I + 35 AC14 -9 DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH FC4AR (FC2AR) HORIZONTAL B+ DD10-1 BK VERTICAL MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK N 25 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS HORIZONTAL DD8 -2 DD8 -6 DD8 -8 DD8 -3 DD8 -5 DD8 -10 DD8 -4 DP8 -2 DP8 -6 DP8 -8 DP8 -3 DP8 -5 DP8 -10 DP8 -4 WU BK PK PN PU PG BY WU BK PK PN PU PG BY WU DD10-20 PK DD10-22 DD11-2 PN O DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK DD10-4 MIRROR CONTROL PU I DD10-21 PG O NW 36 OB DIRECTION DD17-10 DD17-2 UP DD11-1 OR LH VERTICAL DD17-11 DOWN BY O DD10-2 I DD11-17 YO LH HORIZONTAL DD10-3 I I DD11-10 DD17-12 FOLD-BACK DD17-1 LEFT SN RH VERTICAL BK DD1-2 DDS7 YN RH HORIZONTAL RIGHT BK BK LOGIC BK I I POWER DD1-2 B I B DD10-17 DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MIRROR JOY STICK BK BK DDS7 DD10-8 DD11-9 DD17-14 DD17-20 FC4AR (FC2AR) I DD11-3 DD17-13 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: FOLD-BACK MIRRORS U S WG 11.4 U DP10-9 + DP1-8 S S S DP10-16 N 47 WU O B+ DP10-1 DP1-3 DP10-20 PK I DP10-22 MIRROR CONTROL PN O DP10-4 PU I DP10-21 PG O DP10-3 BY O DP10-2 LOGIC BK I POWER I B DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I DP1-2 B DP10-17 1 BK BK DPS7 DP10-8 Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors U 36 NW DIRECTION DD17-10 N 25 B+ – U S DD10-1 UP U DD10-9 LH VERTICAL + S S LH HORIZONTAL WG I U S – BK BK DDS7 DD10-8 BK S + NK 7 MIRROR JOY STICK B+ – DD17-20 U CAN – C 19.1 CAN MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FCS11 S SD5-9 19.1 G REVERSE GEAR SD1-3 S S DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK BK U SD5-10 Y VEHICLE SPEED FC4AR (FC2AR) S SD5-5 + C FC25-47 DD1-2 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RH HORIZONTAL + FC25-19 RH VERTICAL RIGHT SCP FC25-24 S I 19.1 S AC14-9 FC25-20 DD11-15 DD17-1 LEFT S MIRROR CONTROL FOLD-BACK SCP S U ACS6 DD1-3 19.1 AC14-8 S DD10-16 DOWN U ACS5 DD1-8 Fig. 11.4 Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors PB FCS12 PB PB DD1-20 SD1-8 MIRROR TINT DD8-12 MIRROR CONTROL DDS7 R O BK NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement. R SD3-4 B I DD1-2 R B SDS3 SD5-2 R R FCS6 SD1-7 AC16-4 R R DDS3 DD1-6 DD8-1 B SD1-1 BK FC4AR (FC2AR) – NK 30 + U DD8-7 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR U SP1-3 S S S SP5-9 MIRROR CONTROL S SR DD1-14 SLIP MECHANISM SP5-10 SP5-5 SR AC16-6 S B+ SR FC6L (FC5L) DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SLIP MECHANISM SR SP1-8 FCS7 R O AC13-20 S SR DP1-14 DP8-7 SR SP3-4 SP1-7 B I SR B SPS3 SP5-2 B R SP1-1 DP1-6 FC5S (FC6S) PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE R R AC13-18 ACS9 PB R R DPS3 DP8-1 PB PB DP1-20 NK 52 B+ – U S BT40-6 BT40-16 + S S BT40-8 LIGHTING CONTROL U BT1-10 MIRROR TINT DP8-12 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR U RH12-15 S BT1-11 S WR 16 RH12-16 II YW O PB AC13-19 BT40-5 BK I YU BTS9 BTS21 BT40-14 YW YW BT1-19 YW BK RF1-3 BK RFS1 RF2-3 FC3BR NB 15 B+ – S B+ + S NG 49 FC14-79 WO 5 II UY DIP YU YW S I UY SC2-4 I FC14-42 SC2-1 SIDE BK BK FCS48 BK SC2-9 BK DIP SCS1 SIDE RY RY RY RY SCS2 AUTO SC2-3 FCS9 I FC14-16 LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II POWER LOGIC FC3BL 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E BODY PROCESSOR MODULE I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I 09.2 REVERSE LAMPS YW FC14-85 FC14-15 UY YU INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR U FC14-84 FC14-80 AUTO HEADLAMPS RF2-2 RF1-2 BK BT1AR SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE YW RH2-17 BK MIRROR TINT RF2-5 RF1-11 BK B+ RF2-4 RF1-14 YU BT40-13 I RF2-1 PB PB Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ 09.2 XK8 Range 1998 Suspension Adaptive Damping 57 NS B+ OB O BT69-27 25 WR SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.1 BT69-30 B+ II OB OB BT3-16 BT69-31 OB RH12-13 OW O BT69-11 O Suspension Adaptive Damping OW OW BT3-15 LF43-A LF1-19 OW RH12-14 LF43-B LF1-18 LH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID D BT69-10 K D OG OG O BT69-28 BT69-33 OG RH12-11 OY O OG BT3-18 BT69-14 OY OY OY RH12-12 BT3-17 LF44-A LF60-19 LF44-B LF60-20 RH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1 SO SO SO RH12-2 ON BT3-10 ON O BT69-1 ON RH12-1 BT3-9 BT69-24 R OR O BT69-13 I RL3-1 RL2-A W OK O OR BT72-3 OK BT72-4 BT69-32 RL3-2 RL2-B LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. R OP O BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO II B BT73-4 WO RR2-B RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID US US B US RH1-19 US BT1-9 US BTS5 I BT69-26 US GB AC24-4 US FCS35 AC13-3 II RR3-2 AC26-1 ACS16 7 OU US GB AC26-4 RR2-A W BT69-34 6 RR3-1 OU O OP BT73-3 BT69-15 AC24-1 PB I BRAKE SWITCH (RHD) PB PB BT3-11 BT69-20 PB EM3-12 RH12-6 UW EM59-1 UW EM3-10 U LATERAL ACCELERATION GROUND EM59-2 U EM3-9 B+ EM59-3 LATERAL ACCELEROMETER (FRONT) UB UB I BT3-14 BT69-21 BTS28 BT69-3 BT3-13 BTS27 BT69-25 FC7-1 UW BT3-12 UW FCS84 RH12-8 U U U O UW UW UW O UB RH12-7 GROUND FC7-2 U RH12-9 VERTICAL ACCELERATION U FCS83 B+ FC7-3 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER RB RB I BT69-22 BT52-1 UW B VERTICAL ACCELERATION GROUND BT52-2 I U BT69-18 B+ BT52-3 BT2BL REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ Fig. 11.5 XK8 Range 1998 Driver Seat: Memory NB 15 B+ – I + WN I NR BK SEAT HEATER STATE FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) Y I G O ON (LHD) OU (RHD) SCP 19.1 SCP 19.1 CAN 19.1 CAN POWER I R OK LOGIC FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD) B SD19-1 R SD19-3 THERMOSTAT SD17-1 SD17-3 HEATER HEATER FC55-2 FCS47 S I FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD) FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD) BK 19.1 FC14-32 OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9 FCS12 FC14-15 16 16 U FC14-85 WO II S S FC14-41 5 FCS11 FC14-84 RW 1 U S FC14-80 Fig. 12.1 Driver Seat: Memory BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SEAT HEATER SWITCH DRIVER SEAT CUSHION B DRIVER SQUAB FC3BR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK N 25 B+ – 35 MEMORY 1 NW DD5-5 I S S S OR SD14-3 S SOLENOID VALVE AC14-9 OB I I – O DD5-8 DD11-2 BK DDS7 DD1-2 DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK BK BK B I I DD10-17 FC4AR (FC2AR) VEHICLE SPEED LOGIC POWER C – C DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FC25-19 DRIVER SEAT MOTORS FC25-47 – + U S S S SD1-8 SD5-9 G SEAT BELT FASTENED SEAT BELT SWITCH SD8 -6 SD8 -2 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -5 SD7 -6 SD7 -2 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 SD9 -5 SD9 -6 SD9 -2 SD9 -1 SD9 -3 W WY PS PO WB WU WO KS KO WN WP WR US UO SD3-3 I SD5-8 SD8 -5 OK O SEAT RAISE / LOWER SD1-3 SD5-10 SD5-5 SEAT FORE / AFT MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK U S B+ SD20-1 + OR O WG SD3-6 OB O SD3-5 WG O GN INFLATE 22 N LUMBAR SD11-3 SD3-13 SEAT SD3-14 SD3-12 SD3-1 I SD11-5 SD3-11 SD3-2 I SD11-7 SD3-16 SD4-18 I SD11-8 SD3-15 SD4-2 I SD11-6 SD3-9 WO I UW SD4-12 I SD11-13 WU O UY AFT WB O GW FORE PO O GY AFT PS O KW FORE SEAT SD4-11 I SD11-12 WY I KY LOWER RECLINE SD4-5 I SD11-11 RAISE W O GP DEFLATE SD11-9 SD4-1 I SD3-10 KS O SD3-7 KO O DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK SD3-8 POWER B B SD1-1 B SDS3 WN O SD4-6 I SD5-2 WP O SD4-14 FC6L (FC5L) WR I SD4-10 US O B B I SD1-6 SD5-1 ** SD5-3 UO O SD5-4 FC6R (FC5R) ** NOTE: Module identification. DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I SDS3 B SD1-1 FC6L (FC5L) S SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT NK N S FC25-24 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 7 + DD10-8 B DD1-21 PRESSURE SWITCH FC25-20 UG SD14-2 U S DD11-22 B B SD14-1 UN DD5-6 SD20-2 S ACS6 DD1-3 U AC14-8 DD11-6 MEMORY 2 21 U ACS5 DD1-8 DD10-16 KS DD5-10 SET MEMORY STATUS + DD11-21 DD5-7 U DD10-9 UP MEMORY SET U S DD10-1 Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Driver Seat: Non Memory NB 15 B+ FC14-80 FC14-15 NR 16 BK SEAT HEATER STATE S FCS12 19.1 SCP OK O R FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD) ON (LHD) OU (RHD) B SD19-1 R SD19-3 THERMOSTAT I FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD) BK FCS47 FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) SCP FC14-32 OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9 19.1 FC14-85 I I S + S WN 16 U FCS11 FC14-84 I II U – S WO 5 Fig. 12.2 Driver Seat: Non Memory SD17-1 SD17-3 HEATER HEATER FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD) DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FC55-2 SEAT HEATER SWITCH B DRIVER SQUAB POWER FC3BR OR LOGIC CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SD14-3 SOLENOID VALVE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE OB PRESSURE SWITCH DRIVER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT U – S NK SD5-10 B+ SD5-5 SD5-9 N 21 G SD20-2 SD5-8 SEAT BELT FASTENED SEAT BELT SWITCH S SD1-8 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 SD9 -1 SD9 -3 PS PO KS KO US UO SD3-3 I SD20-1 SEAT RAISE / LOWER U OK O SEAT FORE / AFT SD1-3 S + S OR O SD3-6 OB O SD3-5 GN INFLATE N 22 LUMBAR I SD11-3 SD3-13 GP DEFLATE SD11-9 I SD11-11 SD3-14 KY RAISE SEAT I SD11-12 SD3-12 RECLINE SD3-11 SD3-2 I SD11-7 PO O GY SD3-16 GW AFT I SD11-8 SD3-15 UY FORE SEAT SD3-1 I SD11-5 FORE PS O KW LOWER I SD11-6 SD3-9 UW AFT I SD11-13 SD3-10 KS O SD3-7 KO O DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK SD3-8 B B B SDS3 SD1-1 I POWER SD5-2 FC6L (FC5L) US O B B I SD1-6 SD5-1 ** SD5-3 UO O SD5-4 FC6R (FC5R) ** NOTE: Module identification. DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 SDS3 B SD1-1 FC6L (FC5L) DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP 7 B B SD14-2 SD14-1 VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement NB 15 B+ FC14-80 WO 5 NR 16 BK SEAT HEATER STATE SCP S FCS12 19.1 SCP FC14-85 OK O R FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD) OU (LHD) ON (RHD) B SP19-1 R SP19-3 THERMOSTAT I FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD) BK FCS47 FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) 19.1 FC14-32 OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9 S + S I I U FCS11 FC14-84 FC14-15 WN U – S I II 16 Fig. 12.3 Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement SP17-1 SP17-3 HEATER HEATER FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD) PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FC55-2 SEAT HEATER SWITCH B PASSENGER SQUAB POWER FC3BR OR LOGIC CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SP14-3 SOLENOID VALVE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE OB PRESSURE SWITCH PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT U – S NK SP5-5 SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING N 43 G NOT USED SP5-8 S SP1-8 OK O SEAT RAISE / LOWER U S + S SEAT FORE / AFT SP1-3 SP5-9 SP20-1 SP20-2 SP5-10 B+ SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 SP7 -3 SP9 -1 SP9 -3 PS PO KS KO US UO SP3-3 OR O SP3-6 OB O SP3-5 GN INFLATE N 44 LUMBAR I SP11-3 SP3-13 GP DEFLATE SP11-9 I SP11-11 SP3-14 KY RAISE SEAT I SP11-12 SP3-12 KW LOWER SP11-5 RECLINE PO O SP3-2 I SP11-7 SP3-16 GW AFT I SP11-8 SP3-15 UY FORE SEAT SP3-1 SP3-11 GY FORE PS O I I SP11-6 SP3-9 UW AFT I SP11-13 SP3-10 KS O SP3-7 KO O PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK SP3-8 B B B SPS3 SP1-1 I POWER SP5-2 FC5S (FC6S) US O B NOT CONNECTED I SP1-6 SP5-1 ** SP5-3 UO O SP5-4 ** NOTE: Module identification. PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 SPS3 B SP1-1 FC5S (FC6S) PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP 30 B B SP14-2 SP14-1 VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement NB 15 B+ FC14-80 WO 5 WN NR 16 BK FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) SEAT HEATER STATE FCS47 S FCS12 19.1 SCP 19.1 SCP FC14-85 FC14-32 OK O R FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD) OU (LHD) ON (RHD) B SP19-1 R SP19-3 THERMOSTAT I FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD) BK S + S I OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9 U FCS11 FC14-84 FC14-15 I U – S I II 16 Fig. 12.4 Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement SP17-1 SP17-3 HEATER HEATER FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD) PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FC55-2 SEAT HEATER SWITCH B PASSENGER SQUAB POWER FC3BR OR LOGIC CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SP14-3 SOLENOID VALVE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE OB PRESSURE SWITCH PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT U – S NK SP5-5 SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING N 43 SP20-2 SP5-10 B+ SP5-9 G NOT USED SP20-1 SP5-8 U S SP1-8 OK O SEAT FORE / AFT SP1-3 S + S SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 SP7 -3 PS PO KS KO SP3-3 OR O SP3-6 OB O SP3-5 GN INFLATE 44 N LUMBAR I SP11-3 SP3-13 GP DEFLATE SP11-9 I SP11-11 SP3-14 SP11-12 PS O SP3-1 SP11-5 RECLINE SP3-2 I SP11-7 SP3-16 GW AFT I SP11-8 SP3-15 UY FORE SEAT PO O GY FORE I SP11-6 SP3-9 UW AFT I SP11-13 SP3-10 KS O SP3-7 KO O PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK SP3-8 B B B SPS3 SP1-1 I POWER SP5-2 FC5S (FC6S) B NOT CONNECTED I SP1-6 SP5-1 ** ** NOTE: Module identification. PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 SPS3 B SP1-1 FC5S (FC6S) PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP 30 B B SP14-2 SP14-1 VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Central Door Locking U NB 15 19.1 SCP 19.1 SCP B+ S FC14-80 RW 1 KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE) I FC14-41 WO 5 FC14-15 RG 8 I II BK UR FC4-5 I FC4-4 B+ BT40-15 U S – FC14-67 U S S – BT40-16 BT1-10 S FCS12 FC14-85 U RH2-11 S S + U FCS11 FC14-84 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC3BL NY 61 FC14-33 BK FCS48 S RH2-12 RH7 -1 S + BK SB FC87-3 SB BRD S U BK BTS21 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC41-10 TRUNK SW FC41-3 FC41-6 FUEL FILL BK I AC14 -9 AC14 -8 I S U RY BK BT46-2 BT46-1 BT1AR RY BTS6 RH20-2 I BT41-5 RH20-1 TRUNK SWITCH BRD RH20-2 YR I BT41-19 BT2-7 YP I FC14-31 BT41-7 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC3BR RHS3 W I FC14-5 BK FCS47 B RH20-1 FC14-58 SO W I I FC87-1 RH7 -2 BT40-8 BT1-11 LOCK CONTROL BK KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE) I II NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock. BT2-16 OR O B BT43-2 BT40-1 B B FCS50 SP FC67-5 BK I FC67-4 FC14-55 SR O TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID I BK BTS21 I OB O BT40-14 OB IC4-3 BT40-2 YP BT1AR RH2-14 B+ U S – DD10-1 37 NW LGU DD3-13 DD3-5 DD10-9 I NW DD10-16 I DD3-10 ACS5 DD1-3 LOCK STATUS YR (LHD) YP (RHD) S ACS6 Y YR AC13-6 (LHD) AC13-17 (RHD) BK DD3-9 DD1-16 DD3-6 BK I DD3-1 DD10-6 DOOR LOCK CONTROL BK I DDS7 B I DD1-21 LOGIC B 31 POWER NR 32 NR DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE N B+ 9 FC24 10 8 NW LGU DP3-13 DP3-5 DP10-9 I DP11-5 BK GY DP3-6 DP3-7 DP10-16 ACS2 SR DOOR LOCKING RELAY U S YP (LHD) YR (RHD) DP1-3 I LOCK STATUS Y YP SY O DP3-3 SG SG I O I DP1-21 DP3-1 DP10-6 POWER DP1-2 BK SU SU DP10-17 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR FC2AR (FC4AR) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I BK DP3-2 DP1-19 LOGIC DP10-8 B DP3-8 SY DP10-5 BK BK DP3-9 DP1-16 DPS7 DP11-20 DPS7 B 7 AC13-17 (LHD) AC13-6 (RHD) PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH BK 6 DP1-8 S S + DOOR LOCK CONTROL EXTERIOR HANDLE PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH SG SG FC2BR (FC4BR) U S – DP10-1 DP1-2 B AC15-1 FC4AR (FC2AR) BK FCS46 DD10-17 47 FC4AR (FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DD10-8 B BK SU SU O DD1-2 DD3-2 DD1-19 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH BK DD1-2 SG SG DD11-20 BK DD3-3 DD10-5 DD11-4 GY DD3-7 1 DD3-8 SY I BK DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES 6 BT1AL RH2-2 SY O DD11-12 OU UNLOCK DD3-11 1 B DDS7 OY KEY BARREL 33 BTS20 U DD1-8 S S + DD11-5 LOCK DD3-12 B IC4-4 FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID YR EXTERIOR HANDLE 38 IC24-1 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE N B IC24-2 BK LOGIC 25 BT43-1 BT40-13 FC14-71 POWER VALET SWITCH FC4BL (FC2BL) Fig. 13.1 Central Door Locking Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ FC2AR (FC4AR) XK8 Range 1998 Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1 Wash / Wipe System 3 4 #7 30A 1 4 B YR 5 LF6-1 LF25-2 LF25-1 YS 2 LF6-10 POWERWASH PUMP POWERWASH RELAY (#4) ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX NB 15 YS O FC14-80 FC14-18 NY 19 WO II LF1-17 FC14-6 I YW YW I FC14-104 5 YS LF27-3 LF1-15 YG O FC14-15 FC14-26 FLUID LEVEL YG B LF27-2 LF1-16 LF27-1 LFS7 B WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR WO 2 WO II LGR LGR WASH SC1-9 I FC14-37 SC1-8 LGK LGK LGO LGO FC14-94 LGU LGU FLICK WIPE KG 5 1 2 NU 9 NU BLG B FC14-9 WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY INTERMITTENT WIPE LF3BS BLG BLG O FC14-43 LF60-16 LF49 560 Ω KG 1.3 ΚΩ WASH / WIPE CONTROL 11 2.7 ΚΩ NU 5.1 ΚΩ U R 4 3 5 1 2 WLG WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY 11 ΚΩ WLG O FC14-19 WLG LF60-17 51 ΚΩ FAST WASH / WIPE STALK B B LFS18 B LF3-5 N SLOW BW BR EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD) 11.4 YU YU LF3BS WIPER MOTOR SIDE BK BK FCS48 BK BK DIP SCS1 SC2-9 FC3BL SIDE RY RY SCS2 AUTO RY SC2-3 RY I FCS9 RY I FC14-16 FC14-60 RY LF1-14 LIGHTING STALK POWER COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON 10.2 LOGIC RY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ U U LF3-3 RY EM51-3 SC2-4 SC2-1 LF3-4 EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD) PARK SWITCH R R EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD) NLG UY DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT 10 LFS18 I SC1-7 DELAY B 4 3 I SC1-5 SLOW WIPE LF48 I FC14-34 SC1-6 FAST WIPE LF1AR RY LF3-2 XK8 Range 1998 Window Lifts S U CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control – Convertible vehicles only. – U S U FCS11 FC14-84 + 19.1 SCP 19.1 SCP S – FC25-20 S S Fig. 15.1 Window Lifts S FCS12 FC14-85 S + FC25-19 REMOTE WINDOW CONTROL S S U U MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 01.1 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX 01.2 NO NO 26 NO BT2-8 NO BODY PROCESSOR MODULE RH2-8 U NO NO FCS81 NO AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD) N N 25 RH2-11 B+ DD1-22 S DD10-1 RH2-12 WINDOW LIFT CONTROL BO DD10-18 NW 36 BG DD17-10 I BR RH WINDOW UP DD17-6 RH WINDOW DOWN DD17-7 – DD10-10 DD17-17 LH WINDOW DOWN AC14 -9 AC14 -8 S U U S DD10-9 I DD10-16 PB DD10-11 I DD16-2 DD11-7 PO BK DD16-6 DD10-15 DD16-1 DD10-7 OY NW 38 I DD3-11 DD11-4 BK DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES NY NY 48 NY BT2-2 BK BK DDS7 DD1-2 01.1 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT DD11-12 OU KEY BARREL TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) DD16-3 I DD3-10 UNLOCK DD3-12 FC4AR (FC2AR) MOVEMENT SENSOR OB O LOCK BK DD1-2 OU O DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK BK DDS7 PW DD10-12 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DD16-4 DD16-5 I DD17-20 FC4AR (FC2AR) SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ACS6 DD1-3 I BK DDS7 REMOTE WINDOW CLOSE ACS5 DD10-13 BK S + BT40-8 S O DD1-2 S BT1-11 U DD1-8 S + S DD10-19 BP BK S – BT40-16 I DD17-16 LH WINDOW UP U BT1-10 I LOGIC I POWER DD10-8 B B DD1-21 SW DD10-17 FC14-63 NY FC62-6 SR FC4AR (FC2AR) FC14-10 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC62-1 LGR RH2-13 FC14-89 PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX 01.2 NY NY FCS82 NY AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD) N N 47 DP1-22 DP10-1 FC14-62 – S + S BO 34 DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-10 BK DP10-13 DP10-12 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK DP1-2 DPS7 B B DP1-21 BK BK BODY PROCESSOR MODULE DP1-2 POWER FC2AR (FC4AR) NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top fascia harness wiring not used. DP16-1 OB O I MOVEMENT SENSOR DP16-6 DP10-15 LOGIC DP10-8 DPS7 OU O I DP16-4 DP16-5 DP10-7 DP16-3 DP10-17 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT FC2AR (FC4AR) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I RF1-13 RH12-15 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES BK RH12-17 PW I BK FC14-77 DP16-2 PO O DP17-8 BK RH12-16 GP OLG WINDOW LIFT CONTROL FC2AR (FC4AR) FC14-98 DP1-3 I DP17-7 RF1-6 GB PB I BK BK FC14-36 S DP10-11 BG DP17-1 LOCAL WINDOW DOWN BK DP10-18 RF1-5 LGW DP1-8 S DP10-16 I DP17-2 LOCAL WINDOW UP U U DP10-9 NW RF1-4 LGU B+ Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 U S – U DD10-9 S S U FCS11 S ACS6 DD1-3 S FCS12 19.1 SCP 19.1 SCP 19.1 CAN AC14-9 Y WINDOW LIFT CONTROL B 66 G 19.1 NB 15 Y B+ U U S II DP1-3 DP10-16 RG WINDOW LIFT CONTROL I PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE BK FCS47 + S U S S FC14-84 BTS37 S – FC25-20 FC14-85 SW S + RH5-3 GB 2 RH33-2 LH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT 67 VEHICLE SPEED 54 B NR RH33-1 BT74 10 8 GR 6 7 GP RH5-1 BT1BR LH QUARTER DOWN RELAY MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC14-63 GB O FC14-98 CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH GB GB RH2-11 BTS33 BT3-3 B 62 NU 4 BT76 5 GY 3 GY BT3-7 LGR RF4-2 LGR RF1-4 I BK BK LGU RF4-1 RF4-3 LGU RF1-5 BTS35 63 OLG RF1-13 LGW RF4-5 RF4-4 LGW RF1-6 O RH6-3 GB 2 RH34-2 RH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT I FC14-62 56 OLG 1 RH QUARTER UP RELAY TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH FC3BR NK CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL BK RFS1 RF1-3 55 FC14-89 TOP CLOSED SWITCH U GR BT3-5 B NK 9 FC25-19 I FC62-6 O GW C – FC14-10 FC62-10 DOWN I U GW 3 LH QUARTER UP RELAY I FC62-1 FC3BR S FC14-32 SR BK – FC14-33 WN 16 UP I BT74 1 FC25-47 FC14-15 8 NK C + G I II S S + WO 5 DP1-8 DP10-9 4 5 FC25-24 FC14-80 S NR BT3-4 CAN 53 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE – Fig. 15.2 Convertible Top AC14-8 S DD10-16 U U ACS5 DD1-8 S + Convertible Top B NU 8 GU 6 7 GP GU U RH6-1 BTS34 I BT1BL FC14-36 TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH RH34-1 BT76 10 BT3-8 B NK 9 POWER GP O LOGIC FC14-77 RH QUARTER DOWN RELAY GP RH2-15 GP BT3-6 OLG RH12-15 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE B 64 LGO – TOP RAISED SWITCH NK 52 U S BT40-16 B+ BT40-6 + RHS2 B LGY RH29-1 LGY LGY RH29-2 BT3-1 S S I U B B 3 B 2 UG 1 S RH12-16 CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP TOP UP RELAY UG BT40-3 BTS18 TOP DOWN SWITCH RH1S BT16 5 RH12-15 S BT1-11 O BT41-3 U BT1-10 BT40-8 B 4 BT15-2 RH29-3 B NO 65 B NO 4 5 BT17 W W 3 BT15-1 CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL NOTE: RHS2 – Coupe only. B BTS20 B BT1AL 2 UO 1 B BT2BL TOP DOWN RELAY UO O BT40-10 GW O BT40-4 BK B BT53-2 BT53-1 LATCH CONTROL VALVE I BT40-13 BTS21 BK I B GR O BT40-14 BT40-9 BT54-2 BTS20 BT54-1 B BK BT1AR 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I BT1AL MAIN CONTROL VALVE Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE RADIO ANTENNA Y 19.1 CAN C + NP 45 B+ FC25-24 IC10-10 G 19.1 CAN B LGB LGB IC10-5 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK LGB RH1-7 IC2-14 FC38 -2 LGB BT1-20 BT19-6 OP OG B BT19-4 OP OP BT1AL FCS67 IC1-12 OG FCS68 10.2 RLG RLG RADIO TELEPHONE 16.4 PK 16.4 RADIO TELEPHONE PR 16.4 RADIO TELEPHONE 16.4 UY IC2-4 IC10-13 MODE SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω SW2-2 IC1-18 IC10-9 PY PY PY SC3-2 IC2-6 RH27-1 RH1-5 BY BY IC1-19 IC10-8 SW1-2 RH27-2 RH1-6 IC1-7 KP KP VOLUME + SW4-2 BO BO SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 BK AC14-2 CD LINK LEAD FCS27 IC1-15 IC7 K DD1-11 UG UG AC14-12 UP IC8 G DD1-23 UP UP AC14-11 P DD1-17 O FC3BL STEERING WHEEL FCS28 IC1-14 FCS48 O DD1-12 PK PK UG BO SWS1 AC14-1 IC1-10 IC10-7 CASSETTE RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES PO IC1-9 PK 20 Κ Ω RH1-3 PO PO IC10-6 BO IC8-1 IC7-1 UP UG IC7-2 FC39 -1 FC39 -2 W IC8-2 R CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. IC8-3 DD18 -1 DD18 -2 NOT USED DD19 -1 DD19 -2 IC7-3 NOT USED G IC8-4 NOT USED IC7-4 B IC8-5 IC7-5 U IC8-6 DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE IC7-6 Y IC8-7 IC7-7 B IC8-8 IC7-8 CD AUTO-CHANGER BRD RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E RH25 -2 RH1-4 IC1-8 6.8 Κ Ω DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE BS BS I IC10-2 SEEK VOLUME - RH25 -1 KB KB KB IC2-5 RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT CASSETTE RH26-2 RH1-12 PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE IC10-12 LGY BY PY BG IC1-17 IC10-19 RH26-1 RH1-20 BG BG IC10-16 KW IC1-16 IC10-20 UY LGY RT20-9 BW RH1-2 KW KW IC2-3 RT20-7 KG RH1-1 BW PR UY LGY O DP1-12 IC1-4 IC10-15 IC2-2 RT20-1 RADIO TELEPHONE AC14-3 KG PK PK PR K IC10-14 IC2-1 RT20-2 G PO* PO* RT20-3 DP18 -2 DP1-11 IC1-3 IC10-4 PO RH24 -2 DP1-23 SO SO * NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞. 16.4 OG AC14-4 IC1-2 IC10-17 IC10-3 RADIO TELEPHONE RH24 -1 P SK IC1-1 SO DIMMER OVERRIDE DP19 -2 DP1-17 AC14-14 SK SK IC10-18 RU OP AC14-13 OG IC1-13 RU DP18 -1 BTS20 ANTENNA MOTOR 10.2 DP19 -1 NOT USED IC10-1 O DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING NOT USED BT19-3 I IC1-11 FC38 -1 NG 58 UW FC26-20 NOT USED NO CODE IC10-11 UW VEHICLE O SPEED IC12 B+ I FC25-47 IC13 WY 22 C – Fig. 16.1 Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 CE2 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe Fig. 16.2 Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞. RADIO ANTENNA CAN 19.1 CAN 19.1 Y C + 45 C – 22 NP FC25-24 IC10-10 G VEHICLE SPEED NO CODE 58 UW FC26-20 IC12 B+ NG IC1-11 NOT USED BT19-3 I B IC10-1 LGB O LGB IC10-5 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK LGB RH1-7 IC2-14 LGB BT19-6 B FC38 -2 BT1AL OP OG FCS67 DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 RU OG FCS68 IC10-18 IC10-4 IC10-17 RLG RLG PO* PO 16.4 RADIO TELEPHONE PK 16.4 PK PR 16.4 BW RH1-2 KW KW UY BG IC1-17 IC2-4 RH1-12 LGY IC2-5 KB KB IC10-13 IC1-18 SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω SW2-2 PY SC3-2 SW1-2 PY IC2-6 BO SW4-2 AC14-2 BO SWS1 BO BO SW2-6 FCS28 SW1-6 CD LINK LEAD IC8 G DD1-23 UP UP AC14-11 P DD1-17 IC7 IC8-1 UP UG FC39 -1 FC39 -2 IC7-1 W IC8-2 CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. FCS27 IC1-15 O FC3BL STEERING WHEEL AC14-12 UP BK FCS48 SC3-12 K DD1-11 UG UG IC1-14 CASSETTE O DD1-12 PK PK UG VOLUME - RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES AC14-1 IC1-10 IC10-7 20 Κ Ω PO IC1-9 PK VOLUME + RH1-3 PO PO IC10-6 6.8 Κ Ω KP IC1-8 IC10-9 SEEK RH1-4 KP KP IC10-2 BS IC1-7 IC10-8 I RH27-2 RH1-6 BS BS PY NOT USED BY IC1-19 CASSETTE RH27-1 RH1-5 BY RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT MODE NOT USED RH26-2 IC10-12 LGY RT20-9 PY RH26-1 RH1-20 BG IC10-16 UY LGY 16.4 KG RH1-1 IC1-16 IC2-3 RT20-7 RADIO TELEPHONE O DP1-12 BW PR PR UY 16.4 AC14-3 IC1-4 IC10-15 IC2-2 RT20-1 RADIO TELEPHONE K PK RT20-2 RADIO TELEPHONE G KG IC10-19 *RH30 *RH30 -1 -2 DP18 -2 DP1-11 IC1-3 BW IC10-14 IC2-1 RH24 -2 DP1-23 SO SO KG PO* RT20-3 OG AC14-4 IC1-2 IC10-20 RADIO TELEPHONE RH24 -1 P SK IC1-1 SO * NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞. DP19 -2 DP1-17 AC14-14 SK SK IC10-3 OP AC14-13 OG IC1-13 RU DP18 -1 OP OP IC1-12 10.2 DP19 -1 NOT USED BT19-4 BT1-20 FC38 -1 BTS20 ANTENNA MOTOR DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE IC10-11 UW O IC13 WY I FC25-47 PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE B+ IC7-2 DD18 -1 DD18 -2 NOT USED *RH31 *RH31 -1 -2 DD19 -1 DD19 -2 RH25 -1 RH25 -2 R IC8-3 NOT USED IC7-3 G IC8-4 IC7-4 B IC8-5 IC7-5 DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE U IC8-6 IC7-6 Y IC8-7 IC7-7 * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞. B IC8-8 IC7-8 CD AUTO-CHANGER BRD RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E 1 Fig. 01.5 CE2 I Fig. 01.4 18 I DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.3 Premium In-Car Entertainment * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞. RADIO ANTENNA CAN 19.1 19.1 B+ IC10-10 C + WY 22 FC25-24 CAN NP 45 Y G I C – PASSENGER DOOR TWEETER PASSENGER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA) IC12 IC13 B+ NO CODE PASSENGER DOOR MID-BASS PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE IC10-11 FC25-47 NG 58 UW UW O VEHICLE SPEED FC26-20 BT19-3 B I IC1-11 IC10-1 LGB O IC10-5 LGB IC2-14 LGB RH1-7 LGB BT19-6 BT19-4 BT1-20 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 RU RU RLG RLG NG B+ IC18-6 60 NG B+ IC18-16 RADIO TELEPHONE 16.4 RADIO TELEPHONE 16.4 RADIO TELEPHONE 16.4 RADIO TELEPHONE 16.4 PO PO* RT20-3 PK RT20-2 PR IC2-2 PR RT20-1 IC14-6 IC2-3 B UY RT20-7 IC14-1 IC2-4 Y IC10-12 LGY LGY RT20-9 SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω MODE SW1-2 SW2-2 SC3-2 IC2-6 IC18-7 IC18-17 IC1-17 RH26-1 RH1-12 RH26-2 RH26-2 RH27-1 RH27-1 RH27-2 RH27-2 IC10-2 IC1-18 CD LINK LEAD VOLUME + IC8 20 Κ Ω RH1-5 BY BY BY 6.8 Κ Ω KB KB KB IC18-8 IC18-18 RH1-6 IC1-19 IC7 DRIVER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE) O IC8-1 CASSETTE BO RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES RH26-1 BG BG BG BRD I SEEK VOLUME - RH1-20 IC1-16 I IC17-1 IC14-5 CASSETTE KW KW KW I IC17-6 R PY PASSENGER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE) IC17-3 IC14-4 PY BW RH1-2 IC1-4 I U RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT PY KG RH1-1 G IC10-13 IC14-3 PY O IC17-7 IC14-2 IC2-5 K BW BW IC18-3 SW4-2 BO BO SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 IC7-1 W BK BO FCS48 SC3-12 IC8-2 IC18-2 IC8-3 FC3BL IC8-6 IC1-10 IC18-15 IC8-7 IC18-5 IC8-8 FCS27 IC1-15 G DD1-23 UP UP AC14-11 P DD1-17 IC7-8 B IC17-4 CD AUTO-CHANGER BRD B CE2 B UP UG B FC39 -1 FC39 -2 IC4-6 IC17-11 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT UG UG AC14-12 UP UP IC7-7 B FCS28 IC1-14 K DD1-11 AC14-2 UG UG IC7-6 Y PK PK PK IC18-12 O DD1-12 AC14-1 IC1-9 IC7-5 U PO PO PO IC18-4 IC8-5 RH1-3 IC1-8 IC7-4 B KP KP KP IC18-10 IC8-4 CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. RH1-4 IC1-7 IC7-3 G REAR SUB-WOOFER (COUPE) BS BS BS IC7-2 R STEERING WHEEL RH24 -2 RH30 -2 DP1-12 AC14-3 IC1-3 I IC17-2 (CONV.) RH24 -1 * (COUPE) RH30 -1 DP1-11 KG KG IC18-11 DP18 -2 DP19 -2 G SO IC1-2 I IC18-1 IC10-16 UY LGY O IC10-15 PR UY IC18-13 DP18 -1 DP19 -1 DP1-23 SK SO SO IC10-14 PK B P OG AC14-4 IC1-1 R DP1-17 AC14-14 SK IC18-14 IC2-1 PK OG FCS68 IC1-13 SK PO* OP AC14-13 OG OG IC17-12 16.4 FCS67 IC1-12 IC17-5 IC10-4 * NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞. OP OP OP 59 FC38 -2 OP OG IC10-3 RADIO TELEPHONE FC38 -1 BT1AL ANTENNA MOTOR MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING B BTS20 DD18 -1 DD18 -2 R B DD19 -1 DD19 -2 (CONV.) RH25 -1 * (COUPE) RH31 -1 RH25 -2 RH31 -2 IC4-5 POWER AMPLIFIER BT1CS DRIVER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA) DRIVER DOOR TWEETER DRIVER DOOR MID-BASS DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH31 VIN 024687 ➞. 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 Radio Telephone TELEPHONE ANTENNA * NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞. NP 39 NP NP BT20-8 LG I PK RT5-10 LG LG PR RT5-11 UY RT5-16 LGY RT4-11 RT4-10 BRD RT3-1 RT4-12 16.2 16.3 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 16.1 16.2 16.3 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 16.1 16.2 16.3 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) LGY 16.1 16.2 16.3 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) RT20-9 RT5-8 B B RT6-2 16.1 U U RT6-1 BRD ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) RT20-7 RT5-15 W 16.3 RT20-1 UY RT7 16.2 RT20-2 PR B+ RT2-2 16.1 RT20-3 PK B+ RT20-10 PO* RT5-5 RT2-3 21 PO B+ RT2-10 RTS2 NP RT4-6 RT3-2 RT5-13 W R RT4-2 RT3-3 RT5-7 BRD RT5-1 SR Y RT4-3 RT3-4 RT5-4 SO O RT4-4 RT3-5 RT5-3 SY N RT4-5 RT3-6 RT2-8 W G RT4-1 RT3-7 RT5-12 SK W RT4-9 RT3-10 RT5-14 G P RT4-7 BRD RT3-8 RT2-6 B BRD S RT5-6 O RT4-8 RT3-9 RT2-1 HANDSET Y RF9-1 Y RF1-17 RF9-2 Y RT20-4 BRD RT2-11 BRD RF1-18 BRD RT20-5 RT2-12 MICROPHONE B RT2-4 B RTS3 RT2-9 B TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT20-6 RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT B FC2CS (FC4CS) 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 16.4 Radio Telephone Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ XK8 Range 1998 SERIAL COMMUNICATION Airbag System R 19.1 Airbag System D FC29-6 WG 15 NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting bar used to short terminals together when the connector is separated. B+ II FC29-7 RW 13 O FC30-7 FUSE BLOW O KN FC30-3 SO SW10-3 SW11-3 CASSETTE FUSE BLOW SWITCH DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value for the Airbag System 10A Battery fuse. RP O R FC30-2 SW10-1 SW11-1 CASSETTE RW 14 I FC30-8 STEERING WHEEL SAFING SENSOR O RG FC30-5 RG FC74-1 RW 12 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT POWER ENERGY RESERVE RW KP O KP FC30-4 FC40-1 RS FC74-3 O FC30-11 FC40-2 YW FC40-4 BK FC40-3 AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FC29-12 YW 08.1 ON I YW KU I FC29-5 FC30-10 O FCS64 LF51-1 KU LF51-2 LF2-5 OP I FC29-9 BK ON LF2-4 OP RH IMPACT SENSOR LF51-4 LF2-6 I FC29-4 YU I FC29-11 BK FCS45 I KG I FC30-9 FC30-12 LF50-1 KG LF50-2 LF2-2 OW I BK YU LF2-1 FC29-8 OW LF50-4 LF2-3 FC1S AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 LH IMPACT SENSOR WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN DEACTIVATED. WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY. VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ Fig. 17.1 XK8 Range 1998 Ancillaries NB 15 YB B+ FC14-80 HP1 #11 10A LF14 B GU SW2-1 GU SW1-1 LFS8 FC14-4 4 3 5 1 2 YW #13 10A CASSETTE BK BK HP3 SW2-5 BK 4 BK BK SCS1 SW1-5 LF7-5 RH HORN GS HORN RELAY (#6) HORN SWITCHES FC3BL GS O STEERING WHEEL YW 23 B WU B I LF16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX FC14-70 FC42-2 B LFS9 LF60-14 FC42-1 CIGAR LIGHTER LF17 LF2BR POWER CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. LF15 LF1AL LF6-6 HORN CONTROL FCS48 SC2-9 B I SC3-1 GU HP2 YB LF7-1 CASSETTE GU Fig. 18.1 Ancillaries LH HORN LOGIC BODY PROCESSOR MODULE HORNS CIGAR LIGHTER NLG 27 BT25-1 PN #11 10A PN BT12-1 BTS38 BT25-3 B 1 3 5 2 1 NR 17 RF10-2 RF11-1 RF10-1 RF11-2 BT25-2 #13 1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR BT12-5 BT2BR WN 13 I BT11-6 ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6) TRUNK FUSE BOX BK NLG 28 BK RFS1 FC51-1 PN PN BT58-1 PN FC51-3 RH14-1 B FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RF1-3 GARAGE DOOR OPENER BK FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL) FC3BR ROOF CONSOLE GARAGE DOOR OPENER ACCESSORY CONNECTORS 1 6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 1 II 5 E 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E I Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 18 I Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 ➞ B FCS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) XK8 Range 1998 + C – C Y LF37-5 Y LF40-3 G LF37-15 C + + C C – – C EM7-83 Y AJ26 N/A Y G AJ26 N/A G EM7-82 C + + C C – – C Y EM10-26 EM7-86 G LF40-4 Networks; Serial Data Links EM10-28 EM1-6 EM10-27 C + + C C – – C FC88-9 G WU 6 FC25-24 II C – WN I ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FC53-8 WO 4 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE II + FC53-1 Y C Y C + FC53-6 FC25-23 + Y C LF37-5 – Y G C LF37-15 Y AJ26 SC – G G G C – FC53-14 FC25-48 CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) AJ26 SC EMS52 LF40-4 G C EMS53 LF40-3 B+ FC53-9 18 FC25-47 FC88-8 B+ FC53-16 C + G FC88-3 EM1-7 NY 24 Y FC88-4 G EM10-25 EM7-85 Y Fig. 19.1 Networks; Serial Data Links ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE + Y C U EM72-H – G C S – FC25-20 S S + FC25-19 EM72-L TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. – U S FC14-84 + S S U FC14-85 S – FC53-10 S BODY PROCESSOR MODULE – U S U BT40-16 U BT1-10 S + S U SP1-3 S BT1-11 U FCS11 RH2-11 S BT40-8 S S FCS12 RH2-12 S – S + S SP1-8 S + SP5-9 PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE U U DP10-9 U ACS5 U U S S ACS6 S S + S P EM11-3 EM13-2 D FC53-12 EM1-5 W D S – S W D FC53-13 EM1-20 S + ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SD5-9 SD1-8 PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE S P D SD5-10 SD1-3 AC14-9 DP1-3 FCCP VFP U AC14-8 DP1-8 S DP10-16 – NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port; VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming SP5-10 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE – S + FC53-2 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE U SERIAL OUTPUT U DD10-9 STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP) S DD10-16 D FC53-3 FC29-6 DD1-8 S R D DD1-3 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE K D FC53-15 O D FC53-7 K K D BT69-28 O O BT2-20 BT69-10 O FCS16 RH12-5 D K K EM10-12 O D K EM10-13 O O AC14-6 7 51 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.1 II 5 E D AC4-21 SERIAL DATA LINK ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 D O EM1-2 52 81 Fig. 01.3 6 38 II II 39 E 55 E 1 Fig. 01.5 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE I Fig. 01.4 18 I FC3BL AC4-10 AC14-5 FC53-5 BK K EM1-1 BK FCS48 KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE D 6 FC53-4 FC22-6 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 1 BK NOTE: Serial Data Link: K wire – serial input O wire – serial output O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication FCS15 RH12-4 BT2-19 O D K Input O Output D Serial and Encoded Communications Signal Ground (SG) C CAN (Network) S SCP Network Fig. 02.1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 ➞ DATA LINK CONNECTOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ';i Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY 1 FCi432 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-97 RELAY COILDR,"E COMPONENTS Active GROUND GROUND Inactive GROUND Component BATTERY Location I Access TRUNK,RlGHTHANDSlDE BODYPROCESSOR MCIDIJLE FUSEBOX- DRl"ERSlDE PASSENGER SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET F*sCIA!DRlVER SlDE Color / Stripe BROWN BROWN BRCJWN BRcwm BROWN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector Connector BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS / Color Location I Access PASSENGER SlDEFUSEBOX ENGlNE MANAGEMENT FUSEBOX DRi"ERSIDEFUSEBOX ENGINE CclMPARTMENT FUSEBOX TRUNKFUSEBOX CONNECTORS Type / Color Location / Access TRUNK,ABOVE RGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD. RlGHTHANDSIDE TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL TRANSMiSSlON TUNNEL TRANSMISSIDN TUNNEL REAROFCENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ENGINE CCJMPARTMENT, FALSE B"LKHEAD, RIGHTHANDSIDE GROUNDS Location I Type BATERYGROUND STUD EYELET (PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR EYELET WNGLEI/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR Ground ST68 BTZBR BTlBS CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE1 + The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. COMPONENTS Component FUSEBOX- ILlRIVER SlDE Connector / Type / Color FE/ IO~WAY UT A. FUSEBOX I NATURAL KS, IO-WAY u T A. FUSEBOX! BLACK FC90,EYELET FC92,EYELET Location / Access FASClA,DRIVER SlDE FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE FC20 /lo-WAY FC21 I l&WAY FC90 'EYELET FASClA, PFISSENGER SIDE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS ".T A. FUSEBOX, WT A. FUSEBOX, NATVRAL BLACK CONNECTORS Connector AC12 AC13 AC14 ACli AC16 BE BT58 DD1 DP1 IC2 Type I Color zo-WAYMULTILOCK 070I WHITE Z&WAYMULTlLOCK 070/YELLOW 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY ?O-WAY M"LTlLOCK 070,GREY G~WAY MULTILOCK 070'YELLOW ZO-WAY MtJLTlLOCK 070:WHlTE I-WAYECONOSEAL 111 tic, BLACK 23WAYAMP FORD,BLACK X-WAYAMP- FORD,BLACK 14~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070/WHITE Location / Access FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOLJNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSlDE LEFTHAND'KPOSTCONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,'NPOSTTRlM TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH DRIVER SlDE'N POSTMOUNTING BRACKET/APOSTTRlM PASSENGER SIDE'NPOSTI'WPOSTTRlM iF1 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY LEFT HAND RF, 18.WAY 070, YELLOW RlGHT RH14 ?-WAY RH2 *o-WAY SD1 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070: SP1 *-WAY 070 iYELLOW MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK BELOW CENTER HAND CONSOLE GLOVE 'K POST CONNECTOR 'K POST CONNECTOR BOX MOUNTING MOUNTING /II HC, BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY 070 /WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT BELOW PASSENGER BRACKET! BRACKET,'K 'fl POST TRIM POSTTRlM SEAT REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, COMPONENTS Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENi ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT FUSE BOX-ENGINE MAIN*GEMENT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE FUSE BOX-TRUNK HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector iC4 CONNECTORS Type / Color 4-WAYM"LT,LOCK 070,WHITE Location / Access TRUNKiLEFTOFANTENNAASSEMBLY REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, COMPONENTS Component Connector/Type / Color FUSE BOX-DRIVER SlDE FC5,lO-WAY " T A. FUSEBOX, RX, 10.WAY " T A. FVSEBOX FC90, EYELET FC!3Z, EYELET FUSE BOX - ENGlNE COMPARTMENT LF5,lO~WAY"TA FUSEBOX'NATURAL LF6: IO-WAY ".T A F"SEBOX,'BLACK LF7/10-WAY " T A FUSEBOX! GREEN LFB! 10.WAY ".T.A FUSEBOX, BL"E iF70, EYELET Location NATURAL ! BLACK FASCIA, ENGlNE FUSE BOX - PASSENGER SIDE BTIO BTlt BT12 BT13 *Tel, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS SIDE COMPARTMENT, I_10.WAY i ?&WAY I_10.WAY i IO-WAY EYELET L. T A. U T A. U T A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX NATURAL BLACK I GREEN ! BLUE TRUNK i ELECTRICAL Location / Access FASCIA BOTTOM ENGINE COMPARTMENT BELOW CENTER ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT i LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE RIGHT CONNECTOR CONSOLE MOUNTING I ADJACENT GLOVE 'N POST CONNECTOR COMPARTMENT, HAND'K BRACKET POST CONNECTOR BRACKET, TO RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND SlDE ENCLOSURE BOX MO"NTlNG BRACKET,'K POSTTRlM ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON MOUNTING BRACKET,'N POSTTRIM REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY CARRIER CONNECTORS Type / Color LEFT HAND DATE LEFT FRONT FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX-TRUNK Connector I Access DRl"ER 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, COMPONENTS Component FUSE BOX-ENGINE Connector MANAGEMENT EM19, IO-WAY EM20,10-WAY EM70, EYELET HARNESS-TO-HARNESS I Type / Color U.T.A. ".T.A FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, Location NATURAL BLACK ENGINE / Access COMPARTMENT/CONTROL Type / Color LF3 1%WAY ECONOSEAL Lw.0 13WAY PI, 57.WAY B-WAY ECONOSEAL Location 111LC, BLACK / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND 111LC, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKETON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE: ENCLOSURE CONNECTORS Connector EL1 DATE MODULE FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, COMPONENTS Component ,GNlTlON INERTlA SWITCH Connector (KEY-IN SWlTCHj FC4,8 SWITCH FC46 /SWAY HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Location / Type / Color WAY MULTILOCK 070, ECONOSEAL STEERING WHITE ADJACENTTO 111LC i BLACK / Access COLUMN LEFT HAND FASCIA FVSE BOX CONNECTORS Connector AC13 Type / Color 2O~WA:y MVLTiLOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM BT1 ZO-WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, TRUNK ABOVE LFSO 2O~WAY MVLTILOCK 070! WHITE LEFT HAND RH2 20.WAY 070, REAR OF CENTER MULTiLOCK Location WHlTE WHITE / Access CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL 'A' POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE ARCH BRACKET:'A'POSTTR,M ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location FC3BL EYELET / Type (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG i TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 'J Pin Description I FC14~7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATVS D FC14-39 SECURITY COMPONENTS Inactive BTiP,R.D,4.3,21 Active GROUND ACKNOWLEDGE (Ni ENCODED Component Connector BATTERY BT66, BT67, COMMUNlCATlDNS I FC14-4, STARTER ENGAGE GROUND CRANKING) BL BODY PROCESSOR 0 FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND ,CRANKlNG, EL ENGINE 1 FC14~80 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+ D FC14-92 ENCODED Active Inactive GROUND REOUEST VOLTAGE HlGH POWER PROTECTION COMMUNlCATlONS EM10-15 EM10-17 PARK ' NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE B+ IP, Nl ENCODED / EM,,-6 ENGINE GROUND COMMUNICATIONS B+ ,CRANKlNGi SWITCH NEUTRAL MODULE Pin Description FCZ2-9 GLASS D FCZ2-16 OK TO START D X22-17 SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE OK TO START (ENCODED IENCODED Inactive ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FC89, MULTILOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 010,GREY MULTILOCK 040,GREY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 47,WHlTE MULTlLOCK47IWHITE ST2, ST3, ST,0 MOTOR SUPPRESSlON AN3, MODULE SlDE FASCIA, TRUNK,ADJACENTTO MULTILOCK J-WAY MULTILOCK STEERING 070 /WHITE MVLTILOCK P150, S-WAY SUMlTOMO COMMUNICATION) COMMUNICATION, (ENCODED STARTER SIDE EM10,28-WAY EMI1 ,16-WAY EM,2,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY EM,4,12-WAY EM15,22-WAY FC22 IZO-WAY (GENERATOR) HAND FC,4,104-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY FC4, E-WAY SWITCH, MODULE SWlTCH REGULATOR Active BREAKAGE, (KEY-IN KEYTRANSPONDER / Access RlGHT PASSENGER BT60, EYELET BTB, , EYELET BT62, EYELET BT63! EYELET MODULE ~R.D.4.3.21 ,GNlTlDN CRANK D TRUNK. GENERATOR I D v MODULE COMMUNICATIONS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 3 Pin Description D EM10-6 OKTO STARTENCODED KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE CONTROL Location / Type I Color EYELET EYELET 040, 070, 0902, P-WAY ECDNOSEAL RIGHT ENCLOSURE FRONT DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX GEAR SELECTOR BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK REARWARD 111LC, RED MODULE BATTERY GREY EYELET EYELET , EYELET BRACKET COLUMN ADJACENTTO GREEN AlRBAG ASSEMBLY GENERATOR OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP COMMUNICATION) RELAYS Relay Color / Stripe Connector STARTERRELAY BROWN EMX, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Location I Color / Access RH ENCLOSURE BROWN RELAYS CONNECTORS Connector Type / Color Location BT80 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, EM1 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO EM2 18-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSVRE EM3 14.WAY MVLTILOCK 070, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM60 Z-WAY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO, ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK BLACK I Access FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND RlGHTHAND LEFT INNER SIDE ENCLOSURE FENDER HEAT SHIELD ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE GROUNDS Ground Location BTSB BATTERY FCSBR EYELET CONTROL MODULE I Type GROUND STUD (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) + The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module communications Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE rCr Pin Description 1 FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS D FC14-39 SECURITY Active GROUND ACKNOWLEDGE iN1 ENCODED Inactive Component Connector E+ IP. R. D. 4.3. 21 BATTERY BT66, EYELET BT67 i EYELET COMMUNICATIONS I FC14-41 STARTER ENGAGE GROUND iCRANKING B+ BODY PROCESSOR 0 FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING1 E+ DUAL / FC14~80 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+ ENGlidE D FC14-92 ENCODED Active Inactive GENERATOR RECIUEST VOLTAGE FClOO-4 NEUTRAL 0 FC100-5 PARKi SWITCH NEUTRAL SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY OK TO START- iNi GROUND CONFIRMATION B+ (P. R. D. 4. 3. 21 GROUND MODVLE B- IP. Nl HlGH POWER PROTECTION SWITCH (KEY-IN KEYTRANSPONDER Active Inactive B+ iP, Nl GROUND REGULATOR STARTER COMMUNlCATiONS CONFIRMATION ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED CRANK GROUND MODULE IR. D. 4. 3. Zi ,GN,TlON ENCODED PARK i NEUTRAL ENGINE CONTROL GROUND GROUND STATUS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description SECURITY MODULE SWITCH COMMUNlCATlONS DUAL LINEAR SWITCH 77 Pin Description FC100~2 TCM! DUAL LINEAR 0 LINEAR GREY MULTTILOCK 070, 12.WAY PASSENGER LEFT HAND GREY SIDE SIDE FASC,A,AIRBAG BRACKET S\DE OF GEAR SELECTOR, CENTER COMPARTMENT, CONTROL AN, I EYELET AN*, EYELET ST, 1 , EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT! RIGHT FRONT BT60 BT61 BTGZ 8163 TRUNK, ADJACENT i EYELET 1 EYELET 1 EYELET ! EYELET AN3, MODULE HAND ENGlNE MULTILOCK WHITE STEERING 040 I GREEN ADJACENT 070, MULTILOCK SUMITOMO 0902, BLACK ST2, EYELET ST3, EYELET STlO , EYELET MOTOR I Access RlGHT EMlO, Z-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,,, ,S-WAYM"LTlLOCK040,GREY EM12 I Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,3!34-WAY M"LTlLOCK040,GREY EM14 I 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47 i WHlTE EMIS I 22.WAY MVLTILOCK 47, WHITE P,50,3WAY iGENERATOR SUPPRESSION AMP EEEC, FC,OO! FC22 i 20.WAY IR.D.4.3.21 COMMUNICATIONS TRUNK, FC14 I,01-WAY FC4,8~WAY SWITCHI MODULE Location I Type I Color Z-WAY ECONOSEAL CONSOLE ENCLOSURE TO BATTERY COLUMN TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/GENERATOR ENGlNE BLOCK REARWARD 111LC: RED MODULE OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP Bi iCRANKING) RELAYS KEY TRANSPONDER v D Pin FC22~9 MODULE Relay Description GLASS BREAKAGE D FCZZ-16 OK TO ST*RT D FCZZ-17 SECURITY Inactive Active ,OKTO (ENCODED ACKNOWLEDGE STARTIENCODED ST*.RTER RELAY Color / Stripe Connector BROWN EM50, Location / Color / Access RH ENCLOSURE BROWN RELAYS COMM"NlCATlON, COMMUNICATION) (ENCODED HARNESS-TO-HARNESS COMMUNlCATlONi CONNECTORS Connector Type / Color Location 8180 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, EM, *O-WAY 070 i WHITE ~iuGmE C~MP*RTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 18~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM3 14.WAY 070, GREY ENGINE C~MP*RTMENT/ADJ*CENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM60 Z-WAY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHlND PI1 57.WAY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL 111HC , BLACK SUMITOMO, BLACK I Access FALSE BULKHEAD, ADJACENTTO LEFT ,NNER RlGHT HAN0 FENDER SlDE HEAT SHIELD ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RIGHT HAND SIDE GROUNDS Ground Location BTBB BATTERY EMlAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT EMZAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. "Active" Module MODULE / Type GROUND ST"0 PIN OUT INFORMATION HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Description IGNITION SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMM"NlCATlONS BA"ERYPOWER SUPPLY Active E+ B+ Inactive 0" B+ B+ BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM"NlCATlONS SERIAL COMM"NlCAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK, NEUTRAL CONF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAYACTlVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE WTS I ECTS :TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSlTlON! TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK GROUND B+ B+ ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS,ECTS,TPS/MECHANlCALG"ARDPOSlTlDN, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON / PEDAL POSITION PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK / symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S LF5.2, Z-WAY YAZAKI EVAPP LF58, EVAPORATIVE E+ E+ 0 2 " = HIGH PRESSURE 5v 5v 0.41 V @ 195.F (DECREASING 0.5 v = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT GROUND WITH TEMPERATURE) GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT GROUND 0.5" = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75" = WOT iI -PS SHIELD GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 -20 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 5" @ 1000 RPM = 556 HZ; 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 566 Hz: GROUND 'B' BANK 'A' BANK Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished ENGlNE, P115, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK 'B' BANK EM64, P14, Z-WAY VALVE -A UPSTREAM EM21, HOZS: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -B UPSTREAM EM23, KS KNOCK SENSOR - B MASS 025: OXYGEN SENSOR-A OX: OXYGEN SENSOR PARKING AIR FLOW SENSOR - B DOWNSTREAM AND MECHANICAL THRO"LE MOTOR THRO"LE POSITION GUARD ECONOSEAL COMPARTMENT, REAR OF ENGINE ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL TRUNK OUARTER, i FUELTANK 090 II, GREY 'N BANK REARWARD MODULE CONVERTER CATALYTIC CONVERTER FLANGE "EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD P127, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE "EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD P135,5-WAY YAzAKlO902, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, Z-WAY BLACK SUMITOMO 090 A TYPE, 'X BANK GREY REARWARD CATALYTIC CONVERTER CATALYTIC CDNVERTER OF AIR CLEANER EM24,2-WAYSUMlTOMO09OATYPE,GREY '8' BANK FC19, BELOW PARKING ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ THROTTLE ASSEMBLY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, THROTLE ASSEMBLY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE YAZAKI 0902, CLIP, BLACK BLACK SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK BRAKE LEVER SUMITOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1, BLUE BEHlND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER EL3,2-WAY SUMlTOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1 , BROWN BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER EL4, YAZAKI BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER -2 *-WAY 090, GREY VVI SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE -A P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTI'K VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE -B P132,lWAY POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, AMP JUNIOR ENCLOSURE OF ROAD WHEEL EVAPORATIVE CATALYTIC ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE MODULE ENGlNE - 3 SWITCHING ENGiNE 'B' BANK VALVE SWITCHING VACUUM REAR CONTROL 090 II, GREY VALVE VACUUM HEAD, 111LC, BLACK ELZ, Z-WAY VALVE CYLINDER COMPARTMENT, SUMITOMO - 1 SWlTCHlNG OF ROAD WHEEL ENGlNE LH FRONT BLACK REARWARD ECONOSEAL &WAY W/4-WAY SENSOR QUARTER! REAR OF BED PLATE Z-WAY P142, I-WAY SENSORS J2, ,,I LC I BLACK SUMITOMO P133, P-WAY TWIN "AC"",,, WHITE E J2, GREY ECONOSEAL a-WAY EM22, DOWNSTREAM BRAKE SWITCH PEDAL POSITION Z-WAY PIEi MAFS 070, ECONOSEAL BT5,3WAY SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR-A MULTlLOCK EM,O,ZB-WAY MULTlLOCK 040,GREY EM,, ,16-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM12 122.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM,3,34-WAY MULTILOCK040,GREY EM,4:,2-WAYMULTILOCK47,WHlTE EM15,22-WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHlTE OXYGEN KS: KNOCK *-WAY 090, BANKCYLINDER 'B' BANK CYLiNDER HEAD, FRONT HEAD, FRONT Relay GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+ B+ Bt B+ KHz = KNOCK KHz = KNOCK 2000 RPM = 1132 Hz MOTOR POWER RELAY HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Color / Stripe Connector BROWN EMIGIBROWN Location I Color CONTROL ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONNECTORS Connector AC13 Type / Color BT2 Location I Access 070 iYELLOW FASClA BOTTOM PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, TRUNK, ABOVE EL, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/RIGHT EM1 X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO LF3 ,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 11, LC, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE 20.WAY I Access MODULE M"LT,LOCK WHITE CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MO"NT,NG BRACKET, REAR WHEEL HAND RIGHT RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL PI, 57.WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION PI2 13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RH, Z&WAY MULTILOCK BEHIND GLOVE GREY SIDE ENCLOSURE LF40 070, HAND ARCH BOX GROUND 2000 RPM = ,132 Hz GROUND GROUNDS GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND Ground Location EM,AL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND EMlAR EYELET ,PA,R, - RiGHT EMlBR EYELET (PAIR, EM2AL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND EMlAR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT LEG, COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE CONTROL MODULE / Type LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE HAND LEG, ENGINE ENGINE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE (FOLD OUT PAGE) GROUND GROUND (VALVE B+ E+ B+ OPEN) GROUND GROUND GROUND AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control 111LC, BLACK HEATED ~02% THROTTLE GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL PRESSURE LH FRONT ECONOSEAL RELAYS B+ GROUND GROUND EMISSION FUEL TANK BLACK i 3.WAY P,,, (R.D.4.3.21 GROUND GROUND B+ B+ B+ GROUND B+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" components TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL GROUND 0.98" @ ,O*C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2" @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE ISWING) 0.t - 0.9 " 0 IDLE iSWlNGi 0.1 0.9 V C IDLE (SWING, 0.1 - 0.9" 6 iDLE (SWING, GROUND GROUND GROUND are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground 5V B+ GROUND (CRANKING1 4.9" = LOW PRESSURE, THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY The following 5" GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND ECM PROGRAMMING CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACT,"ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACT,"ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #, ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE 'B' BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 'A'BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS/ CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX B+ I Access Connector I Type I Color AC24!4-WAYM"LTlLOCK 070,WHITE FTP SENSOR: IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK UPSTREAM 'B' BANK H02S UPSTREAM 'N BANK HOZS DOWNSTREAM 'B' BANK 025 DOWNSTREAM 'N BANK 0% MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025, HOZS COMMON SHlELD UPSTREAM 'B' BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM 'A' BANK H02S HEATER E"AP VALVE ACTlVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND IAPPLIED) E+ IP. Ni GROUND ENCODED CDMMUNlCATlONS GROUND Location Component BRAKE SWlTCH CC".CANlSTER CLOSE VALVE CKPS. CRANKSHAFT POSITiON SENSOR CMP%CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Em!ANDKM COOLING FAN EC-ISENGINE COOLANTTEMPERAT"RE SENSOR ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC.1 Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Description IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGVITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY OK To START- ENCODED COMM"NICAT10NS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BA"ERY POWER SUPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM"NICAT,ONS SERlALCOMM"NICAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH PARK ' NEUTRAL CONFIRMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS ECTS, TPS ' MECHA\UICAL GUARD PosITIOI\: PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFEREYCE GRO"ND MECLIANICAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMOV REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK : CKPS CRANKSHAFT CMPS' CAMSHAFT BGROUND B+ B- GROUND GROUND 15 1500 15 1500 15 1500 15 - 1500 Bi GROUND GROUND BGROUND GROUND GROUYD Hi HZ Hz HZ TEMPERATURE ,CRANK,NGl 0.41 V Q 195F (DECREASING 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75 " = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE: 4 15 ii = WOT GROUND SENSOR-B SENSOR-A KS- KNOCK SENSOR MAE: MASS AND MECHANICAL VALVE - 1 VALVE - 2 5" VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE -3 "VT SoLENOlD "AL"E. "VT SOLENOlD VALVE: VARIABLE "ARABLE B+ B+ BBI 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK MULTILOCK M"LTILOCK040 MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK 040 / GREY 'GREY 040 ' GREY 040 1 GREY 47 I WHITE 47 'WHITE HEAD, REAR COMPARTMENT! CONTROL ENGiNE COMPARTMENT REAR OF ENGINE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT; CONTROL J2 / BLACK LH FRONT OUARTER I REARWARD SUMITOMO OX II: GREY 'N BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER UPSTREAM EM*3 i&WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER GUARD 090 II I GREY 'B' BANK ENGINE "EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD P127,2 111LC, BLACK ENGINE "EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD 0902 ! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: ANGLE BELOW PARKING P135 1 s-WAY YAZAK, FC19 : LUCAR RlGHT WAY TWIN 0902 ' BLACK CLIP, BLACK REARWARD BRAKE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, THROTTLE ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY TSO9O / BLACK EL*, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1, BLUE BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER EL3, *-WAY 0911 DC INHIBIT 1, BROWN BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER EL4, P-WAY YAZAKI BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER 090, GREY TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - A P131, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER I BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, SOLENOID VALVE P132, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTj'B' B ASSEMBLY !THRO"LE VALVE TIMING "ALVE OF AIR CLEANER LEVER SUMITOMO SUMlTOMO ENCLOSURE OF ROAD WHEEL 111LC I BLACK WAY ECONOSEAL ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE MODULE SUMITOMO PI42 i B-WAY YAZAKI SENSORS MODULE P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL P16: a-WAY SWITCHING E J2 : GREY CYLlNDER ENG,NE 2~WAY ECONOSEAL PI%,* SWITCHING 'B' BANK BLACK WHITE I4~WA.y BRAKE SWITCH MOTOR 070, PEDAL : REAR OF BED PLATE EM*, AIR FLOW SENSOR THROTTLE ENGINE L&B VALVE - B VACUUM GROUND GROUND 'A' BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT RELAYS Relay MOTOR POWER RELAY Color I Stripe Connector BROWN EM16, Location I Color CONTROL BROWN I Access MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONNECTORS Location / Access Connector Type / Color AC13 *O-WAY MULTILOCK OX, YELLOW FASCIA BT2 *O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK/ABOVE EL1 B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT EM, Z&WA,' MULTILOCK 070 , WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO LF3 73.WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC,WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION BEHIND GLOVE LF40 13~WAY ECONOSEAL PI, 57~WAY SUMlTOMO PI2 13.WAY ECONOSEAL RHI *O-WAY MULTILOCK i BLACK II/ LC, BLACK OX, GREY BOTOM CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING BRACKET/RIGHT REAR WHEEL I RiGHT HAND LEFT HAND HAND SIDE ARCH ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BOX GROUNDS GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND Ground Location EMlAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND EMlAR EYELET ,PA,R) - RlGHT EMiBR EYELET ~PAIR) - RIGHT HAND EM*AL EYELET ,PA,R, -LEFT EM**R EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE EMZBR EYELET (PA,R, -RIGHT LEG, COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE CONTROL MODULE / Type HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEG 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEG, ENGINE ENGINE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE (FOLD OUT PAGE) GROUND GROUND BL B+ OPEN, BGROUND GROUND GROUND AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK on this data page is furnished OXYGEN KS KNOCK -A HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Bd Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B- communications HOZS. HEATED THROTTLE a, B+ BGROUND Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network SENSOR 111LC! BLACK UPSTREAM CONTROL OXYGEN VACUUM GROUND (VALVE EMlSSlON HEATED SENSOR GROUND 5"@lOoORPM=566Hz;2000RPM=1132H* GROUND Module ~02s TOP OF BRAKE 111HC ECONOSEAL EMlO '28.WAY EM,, ,&WAY EM,* Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14 12.WAY EM15 /**-WAY POSITION GROUND values for Control EVAPP- E"ApORATI"E ECONOSEAL I Access 070 /WHITE 2~WAY MULTILOCK P14 : %WAY SENSOR MODULE THRo"LE GROUND GROUND 'B' BANK 'A' BANK CONTROL EB+ WITH TEMPERATURE) 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75" = WO, GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75 " = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75" = WOT GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND COOLANT PEDAL POSITION GROUND NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" ECTS ENGINE II 3.WAY EMS4 FAN Location / Type / Color MULTlLOCK P,,5 1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL SENSOR EC,,, AND TCM COOLING PARKING 5" GROUND GROUND POSITION P,,, SENSOR IR.D.4.3.2, COMMUNlCATloNS GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, POSlTlON B- (APPLIED, GROUND GROUND are used to represent CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. B- 0.98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0 1~ 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWING, 0.1 -0.9V@ IDLE (SWING) UPSTREAM 'B' BANK Hozs HEATER UPSTREAM 'A' BANK HOZS HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOlD GROUND GROUND GROUND D C S AC24 i4WAY 5v THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTrLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY symbols Connector BRAKE SWITCH BT IP, NI GROUND ENCODED GROUND ECM PROGRAMMING NOT USED VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTlVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE 'B' BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 'A' BiWK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground Component GROUND IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK 'B' BANK HO% 'A' BANK HOZS NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HOE COMMON SHIELD The following Inactive 0" ENGlNE ECM PROGRAMMING ENGlNE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IATS 1 ECTS I TPS 1 MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION 1 PEDAL POSlTlON i TPS SHIELD PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX Active B+ Bi MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL ';r 0 I 1 I Pin EM,O-2 EM10-3 EM104 EMlO- PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Description A,CCMLOADINHIBIT A!CCMELECTRICAL LOADSIGNAL ArCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST BRAKE SWITCH Inactive B+ Component AIRCONDlTlDNlNG COMPRESSOR C-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGHPRESSURE 4~WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGHPRESSURE IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEOBACK 1 iM,Z-9 IGNITlOY MODULE 2 SWITCHING FEEDBACK 0 EM,Z-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR 0 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE 0 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS / Access COMPARTMENT:&'C A/C UNlTiRlGHTHAND COMPRESSOR SIDE GROUND BGROUND EM12.5 iM,Z-6 EM12-8 ENGINE GROUND BRAKE CANCEL I I I Location Connector I Type /Color P136,I-WAYS"MlTOM0090A-TYPE,BLACK CLUTCH RELAYACTIVATE SWTCH CRUISE CONTROL ON , OFF SWITCH CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 i GREY ACZ4!4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 !WHITE TOP OF BRAKE NATURAL REARWARD AND WHlTE CENTER OF STEERING ENGINE COMPARTMENT!CONTROL TRVNK, ELtCTRlCAL FC63 (STEERING ,O~WAY AMP MOL! SW3 I3-WAY WHEEL, EPC, BLACK PEDAL OF GEAR SELECTOR WHEEL MODULE ENCLOSURE B+ B+ B- GROUND LED GROUND NOT USED SERIES iLOW PARALLEL SPEED FAN *CTI"*TE (HIGHI B+ SPEED FAN ACT,"*TE B+ IGYITION COIL REL*YACT,"ATE IGNITION MODULE 1 SWliCHlNG lGNlTiON MODULE 2 SWTCHING 0 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING 0 IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION COlL - ,A pi,*, 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT 0 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCWlNG IGNlTlON COiL- 1B P122, Z-WAY YAZAKI mm, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG lGNlT\ON COlL 2A P119 i Piv*y 090x : BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT CO"ER IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO"EB IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 0 B+ '3B'ACTl"ATE GROUND B- INJECTOR '2B'ACTl"ATE GROUND B7 INJECTOR '4K ACTIVATE GROUND B+ INJECTOR ',A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ INJECTOR '48' ACTIVATE GROUND B- INJECTOR '3N ACTIVATE GROUND B+ INJECTOR '2K ACTIVATE GROVND B+ lNJECTOR '1B'ACTI"ATE GROUND B- Al31 AIR CONDlTlONlNG I AC4-7 LOAD INHIBIT KS9 COMPRESSOR I AC%17 REFRIGERANT&WAY CLUTCH YAZAK, CARRIER COVER Pi23, ?~W/IY YAZAKI BLACK COIL-W. Pm, P-WAY YAZAKlO9OX, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER P124, Z-WAY YALM 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER IGNlTlON COIL-U PI21 ,l~WAY YAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT lGNlT,ON COILL4B Pi25,2~WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO"ER COIL - 28 090X, COVER IGNlTlON MODULE 1 EM27,12-WAY lGNlT,ON POWER MODULE: BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, RIGHT IGNiTlON MODULE - 2 EM29,12-WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE! BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RADlATOR FAN - LH RADIATOR FAN - RH RELAY LB, MODULE PRESSURE SWITCH %WAY TRW, ADJACENT BLACK LF13, Z-WAY WI?, 2~WAY REINSHAGEN LB,, G-WAY ECONOSEAL RElNSHAGEN BULKHEAD, TO LEFT HAND SIDE HORN METR, 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, METRI 530, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, 111LC, BLACK HANDSIDE FRONT REARWARD OF RADlATOR RELAYS Relay Inactive D" Active B+,ONi STATUS LOAD SlGNA, ON REOUEST PRESSURE YAZAK, NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE COlLLBB AIR CONDlTlONlNG B+ 0" 0" B- B+ 0" Cl",*-30BARi B- (OUT OF ACTIVE FUEL PUMP IGNITION 0 FVSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FVSEBOX, IGNlTlON REFRIGERANT4-WAY MODULE ELECTRICAL *-WAY ".T.A u T4. U T.A U T A ICNlTlON SWlTC,, RANGE1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY LX ENCLOSURE TRUNK BROWN RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS BROWN EM'Z, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12 / Color / Access Connector RELAY COIL RELAY Location Color / Stripe BROWN BUS EM5 i BROWN FUEL INJECTION 0 BTlO: 10.WAY Bill I ,&WAY BT12,10-WAY BT13,10-WAY BT64, EYELET TRUNK ENGINE lGNlTlON iNJECTOR AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL v Pin Description I ACbl COMPRESSOR CLUTCH FUSE BOX CONTROL Location AC13 BT2 *O-WAY M"LT!LOCK EM1 20.WAY EM2 l&WAY EM3 LF3 14~WAY MVLTiLOCK MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / Access FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR FASCIA BOTTOM 070 /WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,AOJACENTTO RIGHT MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RlGHTHAND ENCLOSURE 070, ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND 13~WA\y ECONOSEAL II/ K, GREY WHITE MOUNTING CONNECTOR RIGHT BRACKET, MOUNTING HAND RlGHT BRACKET, REAR WHEEL HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND 57.WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRKKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON PI2 RH1 IS-WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON 2O~WA.Y MULTiLOCK 070, GREY BEHIND GLOVE RH2 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY RIGHT SW, 'I?-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 II BLACK JST, CENTER WHlTE ENCLOSURE BOX SC3 INSIDE SIDE ENCLOSURE LF40 HAND SIDE HAND ARCH Pll 6-WAY RELAYS CONNECTORS Type I Color 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE X-WAYMULTILOCK OX, YELLOW SW2 ENCLOSURE FUSE BOX CONTROL BROWN RELAYS MODULE CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SIDE OF STEERING STEERING COLUMN OF STEERING COLUMN COWL WHEEL GROUNDS The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Freauencv to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION Ground BTML Location / Type EYELET IPA,Rl -LEFT EMlAR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG! ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT EMZAR EYELET IPA,R, - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND HAND LEG : TRUNK, RIGHT REAR HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE FC3BL EYELET (PAIRI -LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSlON LF2.u EYELET (PA,% - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH LFlBL EYELET (PA,R) LEFT HAND LEG, ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS MODULE Description Active GNlTlON SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BATTERY POWER SVPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK I NEUTRAL COYF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS / ECTS TPS I MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON 'PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NEWORK CAN NETWORK B+ B* Inactive 0" B- BGROUND BB- Component Connector BRAKE SWITCH AC24, CKPS: CRANKSHAFT cMPS CAMSHAFT I Bi GROUND Bi 5" 5v GROUND GROUND GRO"4D GROUND POSITION ECTS COOLANT TEMPERATURE ENGiNE CONTROL MODULE symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S GROUNC GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND *i Bi Bi Bi GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 5v Q 1000 RPM = 565 Hz; 2000 RPM = 1132 HZ 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND GROUND B+ E+ B+ GROUND E+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND (VALVE values for Control Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" ECONOSEAL 111HC, 'B' BANK BLACK CYLINDER ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ REAR OF ENGINE EMlO '28.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,, : IS-WAY' MULTILOCK 040 iGREY EM12 Z2-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040: GREY EM14 i2-WAYM"LTlLOCK47.'WHITE EM,5'ZZ-WAYMULT,LOCK47,WHlTE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL E J2 II GREY LF58, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL JZ I BLACK LH FRONT EM21 4WAY SUMlTOMO 090 II I GREY '& BANK HO-S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B UPSTREAM EMZ, b-WAY SUMITOMO 1~75 2. INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VALVE 2 REAR COMPARTMENT/CONTROL 070 'WHITE UPSTREAM CONTROL HEAD, ENGINE MULTILOCK OUARTER! REARWARD CATALYTlC CONVERTER CATALYTIC CONVERTER 'B' BANK POWER TIMER/BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!'K BANK III LC I BLACK ENGINE VEE i UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD INTAKE MANIFOLD -A P126,'2-WAY ECONOSEAL KS. KNOCK SENSOR - B P127 ; 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE "EE II UNDER AIR FLOW SENSOR P135, B-WAY YAZAKlO902 ! BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BELOW PARKING ENGWE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,THRO"LE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RiGHT FC19 I LUCAR BRAKE SWTCH AND MECHANlCAL GUARD Pm SENSORS RIGHT ANGLE / i-WAY Y*ZAKI PI33 , P-WAY TWIN THROTTLE MOTOR THRO"LE POSlTlON VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE "ACUUM SWlTCHlNG VACUUM SWITCHING PIE! a-WAY SENSOR 0902 I BL&CK CLIP, BLACK S"MlTOM0 TS090, BLACK Z-WAY SUMITOMO 090 DC INHIBIT 1, BLUE BEHlND EU, 2.WAY 090 DC INHlBlT 1, BROWN EL4, Z-WAY YAZAKI - 1 EL2, VALVE 2 VALVE - 3 SUMITOMO 090, GREY REARWARD BRAKE INTERCOOLER! REAR OF AIR CLEANER LEVER THROTTLE ASSENlBLY ASSEMBLY /THROTTLE ASSEMBLY HAND WHEEL BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER BEHIND RlGHT WHEEL ARCH LINER HAND ENCLOSURE OF ROAD WHEEL 090 II i GREY SENSOR ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE MODULE PI41 , Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR KS: KNOCK MASS MODULE ARCH LINER Relay MOTOR POWER RELAY Color / Stripe Connector BROWN EM16, Location /Color CONTROL BROWN / Access MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONNECTORS Location Connector AC13 Type / Color 2O~WbY MULTlLOCK 070, BT2 20.W.AY 070 ,WHlTE ELI B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111iC, EM? 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, LF3 ,3~WAY LF40 PI, PI2 ISWAY ECONOSEAL RH1 Z&WAY MULTILOCK M"LT\LOCK YELLOW / Access FASClA BOTTOM TRUNK, ABOYE CONNECTOR RlGHT HAND MOUNTING BRACKET, REAR WHEEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ECONOSEAL 111LC,WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND 57.WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON /II LC! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION BEHIND GLOVE 070, BLACK GREY RIGHT HAND RlGHT HAND SIDE ARCH ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BOX GROUNDS Ground Location EMlAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND EMIAR EYELET IPAIR) EMlBR EYELET (PAlRi EMZAL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND EM?AR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE EMlBR EYELET (PAIR) - RiGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE CONTROL MODULE I Type RIGHT LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEG, ENGINE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE (FOLD OUT PAGE) GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND OPEN1 AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network PI15 /Z-WAY PEDAL REAR OF BED PLATE -A THRO"LE 2 38" @ 20°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE 0 98" Q 10°C. DECREASiNG WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2" @ IDLE, INCREASING WlTH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0 9 "@ IDLE ,SWiNGi 0 1 - 0.9" Q IDLE iSWING, are used to represent ENGINE, RELAYS 05"=IDLE:475"=WOT GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE: 4.75 " = WOT 0.5 " = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT SHlELD THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground 111LC / BLACK SENSOR PARKING ECM PROGRAMMlNG NOT USED VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE iy3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE tfl ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,"ATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE 'E' BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 'A' BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS,CKPS, KNOCKSENSORS COMMON SHIELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND The following ECONOSEAL OXYGEN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS UPSTREAM 'B' BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM 'A' BANK H02.S HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND GROUND GROUND PI17 ! Z-WAY HEATED EMlSSlON / Access TOP OF BRAKE WHITE HOE EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE 5" 070, P,4 / 2 WAY ECONOSEAL SENSOR fR,D.GZr B+ B+ MULTlLOCK EM64,2-WAY FAN MAE: NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED IATS 2 FEEDBACK IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK 'B' BANK H02S 'R BANK HOX NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HWS COMMON SHlELD NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX SENSOR COOLING PEDAL POSlTlON ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION I TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION , PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSITION ,TPS PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK SENSOR ECM ANDTCM ENGINE GROUND iAPPLIED, B+ ip. N, GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND POSITION Location / Type / Color a-WAY MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive B, Active GROUND B+ B- GROUND B+ BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CRUlSE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GROUND FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUSE FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE ON STATUS LED FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE SERIES ILOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE PARALLEL iHIGH) WHEEL) INJECTOR - ,A iNJECTOR - ,B INJECTOR-2A INJECTOR - 2B INJECTOR -3A INJECTOR - 38 INJECTOR-4A INJECTOR -48 PUMPS BOX-TRVNK COIL RELAY ACT,"ATE IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING IGNITION MODULE 2 SWiTCHlNG GNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG lGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHiNG IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING lGNlTlON GNlTlON IGNlTlON INJECTOR '38' ACTIVATE GROUND INJECTOR '2B'ACTI"ATE GROUND INJECTOR '4X ACT,"ATE GROUND INJECTOR ',A' ACTIVATE GROUND INJECTOR '48' ACTIVATE GROUND INJECTOR '3R ACT,"ATE GROUND INJECTOR '2X ACTIVATE GROUND INJECTOR '1B'ACTl"ATE GROUND COlLCOILCOIL- ,A 1s ZA MODULE 1 AC?-, COMPRESSORCLVTCHSTATUS 0 AC-1 AIR CONDITIONING I Active B+(ONI ELECTRICAL AC&7 LOAD ,NHlBlT 0 AC4~9 COMPRESSOR / AC4-17 REFRIGERANT4~XZWAY INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE MANIFOLD; MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD MANlFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD, FUEL FUEL 1 FUEL FUEL FVEL FUEL MODULE ENCLOSURE RAIL RAIL RAIL RAIL RAli RAIL INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAlL TRUNK/TOP OF FUELTANK TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT / CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BELOWA,R AWACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT/REARWARD COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE CLEANER OF RADlATOR RELAYS Relay AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL V Pin Description A/C COMPRESSOR SIDE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL P123! Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P120, I-WAY YAZAKl 090x, BLACK Pi24 i 2WAY YAZAKl 090X , BLACK PI21 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P125,2-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK EM27,15-WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK EM29! 1%WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK EM75,2-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK LF9, S-WAY TRW, BLACK LF13, Z-WA, REINSHAGEN METRI 630: BLACK LF12, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METR! 630, BLACK LF5.7, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK IGNiTlON COIL - ZB IGNITION COIL-3A lGNlT,DN COlL 38 IGNlTlON COIL-W !GNlTlON COIL 48 IGNITION MODULE - 1 IGNlTlON MODULE - 2 ,NTERCOOLER PUMP RADlATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE RADIATOR FAN LH RADIATOR FAN RH REFRIGERANT.&WAY PRESSURE SWTCH / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT, NC "NIT, RIGHT HAND 090 A-TYPE, BLACK 47, GREY 47 I GREY 47 I GREY 471 GREY 070 / WHlTE NATURAL AND WHITE 040 I GREY GREY 040, GREY 040: GREY 47 I WHITE 47, WHlTE POWER TlMER I BLACK PCWER TlMER, BLACK POWER TIMER i BLACK POWER TlMER! BLACK POWER TlMER, BLACK IJ9 ! ?-WAY AMP J"NlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK 136/Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK lJlO!Z.WAYAMPJ"NlOR POWERTIMER, BLACK ST55 P-WAY SUMlTOMO DLOBil, NATURAL BTlO: IO-WAY ".T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL BTll , IO-WAY ".T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK ST,*, ID-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN BT13, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE BT64, EYELET PIIS, P-WAY YAZM 090X i BLACK P122,1WAY Y*zAKlo9cJx, BLACK P119, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK SPEED FAN ACTIVATE IGNITION Location / Type I Color P136, ,WAY SUMlTOMO AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK AC2, ,&WAY MULTlLOCK AC3 : 12.WAY MULTlLOCK AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK AC24 I4-WAY MULTILOCK FC63 I_IO-WAY AMP MC%, SW3, &WAY EPC, BLACK EMlO IZ8~WAY MULTILOCK EM,, :,G-WAYM"LTlLOCK040, EM,2 i22~WAY MULTlLOCK EM13!34-WAY MULTliOCK EM14,12-WAY MULTILOCK EM15 / Z-WAY MULTiLOCK IJ3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR lJ7 1/Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ4i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ8 i Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR IJ5 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CONTROL MODULE GROUND GROUND CRUISE CONTROL Connector Component AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR FUEL INJECTION RELAY FUEL PVMP I RELAY W, FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY IGNITION COIL RELAY INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY Inactive 0" 0" LOAD SIGNAL CLUTCH RELAY Color / Stripe Connector BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BUS EMS, BROWN BUS BT51, EM26, BROWN BROWN BROWN EM31, BROWN / Color Location / Access LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE TRUNK FUSE BOX TRUNK RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS B+ CLUTCH ON REQUEST PRESSURE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS 0" SWlTCH B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE RANGE) CONNECTORS Connector Type / Color AC12 AC13 .8T2 EM, EM2 EM3 IJ1 iJ2 LF3 LF40 PI1 PI2 RH, RH2 Z-WAY ZO~WAY IO-WAY ZO~WAY IO-WAY 14~WAY 1%WAY 1G~WAY 13.WAY l%WAY ST-WAY IS~WAY Z&WAY 20.WAY SC3 SW1 SW2 12.WAY M"LT,LOCK 1%WAY MULTILOCK B-WAY JST , WHlTE MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK AUGAT 1.6, AUGAT 1 6, ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK Location / Access 070,WHITE 070, YELLOW 070, WHITE 070, WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070, GREY BLKK BLACK 11,LCiWHlTE 111LC, BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, GREY 070 /WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADjACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FORWARD OF ,NTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON BEHIND GLOVE BOX REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY 070, 040, RiGHT HAND SiDE OF STEERING COLUMN INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL GREY BLACK GROUNDS The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION Ground Location BTZAL EMlAR EM2AR FCBBL LF?AL LF2BL EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG! EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND IEG, EYELET (PAIRI RlGHT HAND LEG, EYELET iPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG, EYELET iPAiR - LEFT HAND LEG, CONTROL MODULE I Type TRUNK. RIGHT REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. ENGINE COMPARTMENT, PIN OUT INFORMATION RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND SIDE FORWARD OF LEFT WAND HOOD CATCH FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH (FOLD OUT PAGE) SHOULD BE USED FOR + those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS. CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION PIN OUT INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A COMPONENTS Description PRESSURE Active REGULATOR C2 SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LEO GROUND ,MAXlM"M GROUND = LED ON PRESSURE1 Inactive Component Connector B- ,NO PRESSURE1 D - 4 SWITCH FC83, Z-WA" ST GEAR SELECTOR RX8 IO-WAY ILLUMlNATlON PRESSURE REGULATOR tS GROUND IMAXIMUM PRESSURE, B- iNO PRESSURE, MODE SWITCH PRESSURE REGULATOR il GROUND iMAXlM"M PRESSURE, B- iN0 TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL GROUND TRANSMlSSiON ELECTRICAL TRANSMlSSlON ROTARY 'L2' CONTACTS B- GROUND 'L& CONTACTS B- GROUND STRATEGY GROUYD SELECT TURBINE = SPORT OUTPUT SPEED SEWOR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHlELD SENSOR FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR TURBINE SPEED SENSOR BA"ERY POWER SUPPLY ROTARY 'D~4: N'A SWITCH AMP M0L EM7 BOSCH 88~WAY FRONT BLACK EM46 16.WAY KOSTAL, EM47 10.WAY REINSHAGEN ENGINE BLACK MPLSO, BLACK ASSEMBLY, REAR OF GEAR SELECTOR REARWARD I BLACK HARNESS-TO-HARNESS GROUND GROUND Type I Color GROUND GROUND AC12 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FASCIATOP EM1 Z&WAY M"LTlLOCK 070 WHITE ENGINE COMP*RTMENT ASSEMBLY OF GEAR SELECTOR COMPARTMENT, CONTROL TRANSMISSION, LEFT H*ND TRANSMISSION, RIGHT HAND MODULE ENCLOSURE SlDE SIDE CONNECTORS EM3 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070 'GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT:AOJACENTTO Location / Access CONKECTOR MOVNTING ADJACENTTO BRACKET,'RlGHT HAYD SlOE RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE RIGHT H*ND ENCLOSURE FEEDBACK SH,ELO GROUND GROUNDS B- KICK DOWN Ad26 FC35,10-WAY / Access GEAR SELECTOR 070 /WHITE Connector YOT USED FLUID TEMPERATURE CONNECTOR, MULTILOCK B. 300 Hz @ IDLE 12 5 Vi SPEED SEYSOR A.,26 WA 070 i YELLOW 9 V = NORMAL GROUND 4 SWlTCH MODULE GROUND ROTARY SWITCH D (TRANSMISSION) GROUND ROTARY SWITCH SPORT MODE SWiTCH PRESSVRE, MODULE Location I Type I Color MULTlLOCK SWITCHES COMMON GROUUD GROUND PRESSURE REGULATOR&2 B- iN0 Ground Location SOLENOID VALVE II B- EMIAL EYELET IPAIR, SOLENOID VALVE #3 B- EMlAL EYELET iPAiR1 - LEFT HAND SOLENOID VALVE #2 B+ FCSBR EYELET (PAIR, GROUND PRESSURE, / Type LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEG 'ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT LEG, COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSVRE LEFT HAND SIDE GROUND ROTARY SWITCH 'L,' CONTACTS GROUND ROTARY SWITCH I3 GROUND TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 0"TP"T SPEED SENSOR CONTACTS SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY PRESSURE REGULATOR SOLENOID VALVES PRESSURE REGULATORS SELECT GROUND f5 B- iN0 COMMON MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) = NORMAL PRESSURE) B- SUPPLY COMMON CONTROL B+ SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROVND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK GEAR SELECTOR v ILLUMINATION MODULE Pin FC88-1 IGNITION C FC88-3 CAN NETWORK c FC88~4 CAN NETWORK 15-l5&3HiQ25" I FC88-6 GROUND GROUND C FC88-8 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ@2.5" C FC88~9 CAN NETWORK 15-1500 Description SWITCHEO POWER SUPPLY symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. GROUND D C S GROUND Hr@2.5V AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground Inactive St 15-,sooHzQ25" NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following Active values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC88-1 lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY c FC88-3 CANNETWORK c FC884 CANNETWORK I FC88-6 GROUND c FC88Z CANNETWORK c FC88~9 CANNETWORK TRANSMISSION -. / ' Pin c EM,* L c EM,*-H I EM72-12 CONTROL MODULE: 0 EM72-13 SPEED SENSOR EM72~14 '1~2 0 EM,*-l5 '3-C SOLENOID 4-5' COMMON SOLENOID EM72 16 '2~3' SOLENOID ACTIVATE EM72~17 KC ACTIVATE 0 EM72-33 SPEED SENSOR EM72-34 FLUID TEMP EM72~35 "3 SPEED SENSOR SOLENOID 0 EM,*-36 MODULATION VOLTAGE 0 EM72~37 SHIFT PRESSURE 0 EM,*-38 SOLENOID SUPPLY GROUND COMMON GROUND REGULATOR ACTIVATE ACTIVATE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 42% PWM @ IDLE) GROUND t 39% PWM @ IDLE1 GROUND GROUND = R, D, 4.3 SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON GROVND = N, D. 4.2 LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N. 4.3.2 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNiilON GROUND = P, D, 3.2 SUPPLIED VOLTAGE DUAL LINEAR SWITCH NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRICAL MODULE CONNECTOR: ACZS/?-WAYiECONOSEAL1IILCIBLACK "NDER ACCELERATOR FC35, REARWARD MULTlLOCK IO~WAY AMP MOL, 14.WAY 18.WAY GBi ,13-WAY A.,26 SC / Access SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR, OF GEAR SELECTOR EMX!, EM73: AJ26 SC LEFT HAND GREY 070iWHlTE BLACK AMP JUNIOR AMP JUNIOR KOSTAL POWER TIMER! POWER TIMER! ENGINE BLACK BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY PEDAL OF GEAR SELECTOR COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE TRANSMlSSlON 1 5 I BLACK GROUND SUPPLY Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network NOTE: The values listed are approximately comPonents connected and fitted. "Active" / Access 070! WHlTE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR EM1 20 WAY MULTlLOCK 070, ENGINE COMPARTMENT: EM2 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW ENGINE EM3 Id-WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, ENGINE GE 12~WAY AUGAT ENGINE COMPARTMENT! 1.5, WHlTE GREY BLACK MOUNTING BRACKET ADJACENTTO i RlGHT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE COMP~RIMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION GROUNDS (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, ENGfNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT BB- EMWL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FCBBL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION LEFT HAND SIDE GROUND FCBBR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHi CONTROL MODULE / Type HAND LEG, TUNNEL, TRANSMISSION PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL, HA.ND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND SIDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) + BT = R. N. 4 GROUND GROUND MESSAGES. Pin Out data: communications on this data page is furnished Location 20 WAY MULTILOCK Location B- = P, R, 3 AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK Module CONNECTORS Type / Color BL = P 8"=R,D GROUND values for Control HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12 B- = P. N, 2 BCOMMON are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground URANSMiSSlON, 070, FRONT FC88,10-WAY MODULE SWITCH MODE SWITCH MULTILOCK EYELET B- c< WOTi t= WOTj GEAR RECOGNITION D"AL IGNlTlON ILLUMINATION Location I Type / Color 72.WAY EMlAL 0 v = SPORT, 0 " = NORMAL ENCODED DUAL LINEAR KM! The following GROUND, B+ SWITCH VOLTAGE FC100: Ground 5"=85HI~,0MPH,16KPHI;170Hr@20MPH~32XPHi ('2' SELECTED '2' ENGAGED) REGULATOR SWITCH = LOCKED 1.75 v Q 90' c = R, D, 4.3.2 SPORT MODE SWlTCH DUAL LlNEAR B+ B+ BB- = UNLOCKED GROUND S"=P.N GROUND FEEDBACK VALVE i PRESSURE KICKDOWN Inactive Active FEEDBACK PRESSURE Connector SWITCH AJ26 SC : FLUID TEMP. SENSOR SENSOR LINEAR K,CKDOWN ACTIVATE D DUAL GROUND ACTIVATE 0 Component GROUND GEAR SELECTOR Description CANNEWORK CANNETWORK n2SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 1 COMPONENTS Inactive B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding at the those that can be expected means a load is applied or a switch control circuit operation. module is ON; "Inactive" connector KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION pins with all circuit means a load is not applied SHOULD BE USED FOR connections made and all or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ;J Pin Description FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED I FC14-32 IGNITION 0 FC14-48 GEARSHIFT 0 FC14~5, KEY LOCK SOLENOID I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK I FC14~80 BAKERY S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK S FC14-85 SW NETWORK I FC14-104 LIGHTING, Inactive Active SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SUPPLY GROUND lNTERLOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY BODY PROCESSOR GROUND B- ,GEARSHIFT SUPPLY ,LOGlC, GROUND FREE) BL (KEY CAPTIVE, GROUND GROUND B+ (PARK) iR.N.D.4.3.21 ,GEARSHlFT LOCKED) ENGINE CONTROL GEARSELECTOR 2-1500HZ BA"ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B, GEARSHIFT Inactive 53, Active I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND EM10~28 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ c EM,O-27 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hr c FC88-9 CAN NETWORK MAJOR D ILLUMINATION CAN NEWORK S Pin FCE-19 S c c PACK Fc?S-20 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 FCZ524 CAN NEWORK 15 1500 Hi FCZS-47 CAN NETWORK 15 1500 Hz MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK M"LTlLOCK47 FC88, IO-WAY MULTILOCK FIX?, Z~WAY MVLTILOCK SC, II 12.WAY SWlTCHGEARi MULTILOCK FC25 ! 489fvAY FC26 i Z&WAY PACK FC87 : 3.WAY MICROSWTCH 040, GREY 040 i GREY 040, GREY WI! GREY /WHITE : WHlTE ENGINE 070 i WHlTE FRONT i CONTROL OF GEAR SELECTOR GEAR SELECTOR 070, STEERING WHITE AIRBAG BRACKET PEDAL COMPARTMENT 070 /WHITE AMP PCB SGNAL: AMP PCB SIGNAL MVLTILOCK TOP OF BRAKE WHITE MODULE ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY COLUMN FASCIA BLXK i BLACK GEAR SELECTOR 070 ,' WHITE ASSEMBLY CONNECTORS Location / Access Connector AC13 Type / Color 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW FASC,A BOFFOM EM, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, ENG,NE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT WHITE D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Ground Location FC2BR EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT FC3BR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION FC4BR EYELET IPAIR) HAND LEG, LEFT HAND CONTROL Hz CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, TO RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND SIDE ENCLOSURE / Type RIGHT HAND 'A' POST TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE 'A' POST MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGEI t- AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. EM,0 : zsw*\y EM,, / IS-WAY EM12 Z-WAY EM,3,34-WAY EM14 / 12.WAY EM15 22.WAY / Access SIDE FASCIA, Inactive Active 2-1600H2 Input output Signal Ground iCOLUMN 070, Location PASSENGER GROUNDS Description symbols NOT-IN-PARK I Type I Color AMP EEECIGREY Inactive NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX I 0 SG MODULE SW NETWORK The following SOLENOID MODVLE SOLENOID HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Description CANNETWORK CANNETWDRK INSTRUMENT lLL"MlNATlDN ,NTERLOCK MA.JOR lNSTR"MENT c Pin FC88-4 FC88-3 FC88~8 MODULE (KEY RELEASED) 2 - ,600 HZ MOTORS 704.WAY AC24 ! 4~WAY MULTILOCK B- B+ ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description ;;;i c c c FCld; MODULE BRAKE SWITCH KEYLOCK GEAR SELECTOR Connector Component MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION ABS /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 LF37-1 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE LKw2 BRAKE SWlTCH LF37-3 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SG LF37-4 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR c LF37~5 CANNETWORK SG LF37~6 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR I LF37-7 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF37-8 GROUND LF379 EATERYPOWER SUPPLY LF37-10 NOTUSED LF37-l, NOT"SE0 / LF37-13 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWiTCH STABILITY, TRACTION CONTROL SWATCH CONTROL SWlTCH COMPONENTS Inactive E+ B+ Connector Component AES /TRACTION BRAKE FLUID CONTROL CONTROL MODULE RESERVOlR BRAKE SWTCH AMP EM37 / Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR AC24, MULTILOCK I TRACTION BLACK POWER TIMER, BLACK E+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS LEO Location / Access FASClABOTTOM CONNECTOR Ei TRUNK, LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, RIGHT NOT USED GROUND POWER SUPPLY AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK ABOVE REAR WHEEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOAlR GROUND LEFT HAND ES+ BEHIND MESSAGES. RIGHT HAND MOUNTING BRACKET, SPEED SENSOR NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX FRONT LEFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE PEDAL CONNECTORS LH FRONT WHEEL BATTERY COMPARTMENT, TOP OF BRAKE 070 I WHITE / Access ENGINE B- B+ STATE HYBRID, GROUtiD CAN NETWORK STABILITY I-WAY Location / Type / Color LF37 i E-WAY LEFT HAND 'K POST CONNECTOR GLOVE RIGHT HANDSIOE ARCH HAND SlDE SIDE ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX CLEANER MOUNTlNG BRACKET, '4' POST TRIM BOX GROUNDS Ground FClER FC4BR LFSAS CONTROL Location / Type EYELET PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG,RIGHTHAND'K POST EYELET ,PAlR,- RIGHT HANDLEG, LEFTHAND'N POST EYELET MODULE ISINGW,ENGINE COMPARTMENT, PIN OUT INFORMATION FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH (FOLD OUT PAGE) + The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" COmPOnentS values for Control Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 ACM DEFROST VENTSERVO MOTOR 0 COMPONENTS B+ AC,-7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR 0 ACM LH FRESH i RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0 ACE RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B- 0 AC1~12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR 0 AC,-13 COOL AIR BYPASS 0 AC,-19 DEFROST 0 ACb20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR 0 AC,-21 LH FRESH I RECIRCULATION VENTSERVO MOTOR B- 0 AC,-22 RH FRESH 'RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR P,- 0 NY-25 FOOnvELL 0 AC1~26 COOL AIR BYPASS L B- VENT SERVO MOTOR BB- SERVO MOTOR B- SERVO MOTOR AC2-1 SOLAR SENSOR AC2 2 CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER ACZ-3 RH FRESH: AC-5 COOL AIR BYPASS BA FEEDBACK 0 75 " - 4.75 ": INCREASiNG RECIRCULATION FEEDBACK VENT POTENTIOMETER VENT POTENTIOMETER ACX ENGINE DEFROSTVENT ACZ-11 LH FRESH, AC*-13 FOOTWELLVENT 0 AC-2 CLOCK D AC3~3 SERIAL I AK-5 AMBIENT I AC36 HEATER D AC-7 SERfAL DATA INPUT 0 AC38 START I AK-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE I AX-12 EVAPORATOR AC4-1 IGNITION AC4-2 ISOLATE AC4-3 IGNITION AC4-4 CONTROL AC4-5 BATTERY AC46 ENGINE 0 B+ VENT SERVO MOTOR AC*-10 Inactive 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" Active FEEDBACK FEEDBACK COOLANTTEMPERATURE REClRCULATlON FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK FEEDBACK CONTROL PANEL TO CONTROL PANEL SENSOR FEEDBACK TEMPERATURE MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FROM CONTROL FEEDBACK CENTER AIR INT*KE - RH BLOWER NC "NIT AMBIENTTEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR SOLAR 8 HEATER TEMPERATURE SWITCHED SENSOR AlC "NIT! MATRlXASSEMBLY A/C "NIT VENT ASSEMBLY Relay AIR CONDlTlONlNG SWITCHED BATTERY c 1" RIGHT SIDE HAND HORN LEFT HAND SIDE ADJACENT TO DEFROST "EN7 'TOP ISOLATE RELAY Color / Stripe Connector BLACK, FC24,"IOLET VIOLET / Color Location RH FASCIA I Access RELAYS = CLOSED >35"=OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED >35"=OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector CONNECTORS Location Type / Color / Access CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE 2.18 V Q 25' C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE FASCIA BO"OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE 2 25 V @ WC: WITH TEMPERATURE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE DECREASlNG 'K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,'A'POSTTRlM 0" 3 25 V Q 0" C, DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE 3 25 "Q WITH TEMPERATURE O'C, DECREASING GROUNDS POWER SUPPLY GROUND PANEL BATERY SIDE HAND WITH TEMPERATURE = OPEN POWER SUPPLY RELAY CONTROLLED LEFT HAND IRIGHT DRIVER SIDE FASCIA! SENSOR LEFT HAND FEEDBACK SIDE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER PANEL FEEDBACK HAND CONSOLE ADJACENTTO SENSOR ASSEMBLY EVAPORATOR / Access N/c "NIT/RIGHT GREY GREY GREY GREY RELAYS LOAD B+ (MOMENTARY! SENSOR 47: 47, 47, 47, A/C "NlT, FASCIATOP DATA OUTPUT Location / Type / Color MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK MVLTlLOCK - LH BLOWER < 1 " = CLOSED DECREASING AC,, 26.WAY AC2, IS-WAY AC3,12-WAY AC4,22-WAY A,R INTAKE >35".OPEN POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY 0" Ground Location 0" FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT / Type B+ FCSCS EYELET (SINGLE,, 0" FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND TUNNEL. 'A' POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND SIDE 'N POST B+ SPEED SlGNAL AC4-8 POTENTIOMETER .x4-10 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS INPUT 0 AC4~12 CONTROL POWER SUPPLY /x4-13 GROUND 0 AW14 CONTROL 0 AC4~15 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE B+ AC4-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,, 0 AC4-18 ASPIRATOR 0 At%19 POTENTlOMETER AW20 GROUND ACI-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS symbols AIR CONDITIONING 35"=OPEN > 3.5" VENT POTENTIOMETER AIR CONDITIONING ,35"=OPEN 2.5 V @ WC, POTENTIOMETER WITH SOLAR Connector Component COMMON PANEL BATTERY PANEL GROUND MOTOR REFERENCE SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY COMMON REFERENCE CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S GROUND 5" CONTROL + B+ B- 0" 0" 0" 0" MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) 0" 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H, @ B+ B- 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" OUTPUT are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground VOLTAGE values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module communications to aid the Pin Out data: B+ V Hz user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION ENGINE CONTROL MODULE '7 Pin Description COMPONENTS AICCM LOAD INHlBlT AlCCM ELECTRICAL AiCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH 4-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH 4-WAY LOAD SIGNAL BEClUES HIGH PRESSURE REFRIGERANTSWITCH AIR CONDlTlONlNG HIGH PRESSURE COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTI'$ATE Active Inactive Component GROUND B7 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR B+ GROUND AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL BA GROVNO GROUND 0 20 BAR ,290 PSli GROUND @ 12 BAR 1174 PSI, GROUND B- 0 EMIS- SERIES ILOW) SPEED FAY ACTIVATE 0 GROUND B- EM13-16 PARALLEL GROUND B7 IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL I Pin Description COMPRESSOR Active STATUS RELAY ACTIVE LH ,'RH WINDSHIELD DOOR MIRROR LH BLOWER HEATER HEATED HEATER HEATER MOTOR PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE ACZ-7 RHBLOWERSPEEDFEEDBACK *CT*-8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 090 HYBRlD ! GREEN A/C "NIT, SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID i GREEN ENGlNE CONTROL A/C "NIT, RIGHT HAND ENGINE COMPARTMENT MlRROR 1 AC2-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK At216 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 0.83" AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING I ACS-7 LOAD INHIBIT ELECTRICAL AC4-9 COMPRESSOR 1 Awl, REFRIGERANTCWAY CLUTCH ELECTRICAL BACKLIGHT, RIGHT CARRIER HAND SIDE RH17;L"CAIR RIGHTANGLE ECONOSEAL 111LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE ECONOSEAL 111LC, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE DD8, MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE DRIVER DOOR MULTILOCK 040, BLUE PASSENGER DRIVER FAN CONTROL = LOW SPEED 0.83" RADlATOR FAN - RH 0 " = HIGH SPEED REFRIGERANT4~WAY WINDSHIELD ,l~WAY DPB, RADlATOR = LOW SPEED PRESSURE HEATER HEATER LF9, RELAY MODULE SWITCH ,*-WAY &WAY TRW, ADJACENT BLACK LF13, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN LF12, &WAY REINSHAGEN LF57, &WAY ECONOSEAL DOOR TO LEFT HAND HORN METRI 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT METRI 630, BLACK ENGINE 111LC, BLACK COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, - LH EM49, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY ENGINE - RH EM48, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 18X, GREY ENGINE OF RADIATOR RELAYS 0" BT ,O"T TRUNK, NATURAL / BLACK GREEN BLUE LEFT FRONT EM43,2-WAY 1.3" SWlTCH FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX! COMPARTMENT! ENCLOSURE EM41 /Z-WAY 7 5" ON REQUEST PRESSURE ".T A. U.T.A. U T.A U TA. ENGlNE i NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE MODULE BACKLIGHT FAN - LH B+ 0 FUSEBOX FUSEBOX! FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, SIDE I CONTROL PUMP RADIATOR 0" U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. UT A. 040, GREY 040 i GREY 0401 GREY 040: GREY 47 {WHITE 47 /WHITE SIDE HEATER 0 " = HIGH SPEED LOAD SlGNAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK COMPRESSOR SIDE HEATED WlNDSHlELD 0 LF5,10-WAY LF6, ,&WAY LF7, IO-WAY LFB / IO-WAY LF70, EYELET COMPARTMENT BTlO , ?&WAY BTll / IO~WAY BT12, IO-WAY BT13, ,O~WAY BT64, EYELET 1.3 V = LOW SPEED = HIGH SPEED IS-WAY EM?0 2%WAY EM,, ! 16.WAY EM12, Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14,72-WAY EM15 :22-WAY MODULE FUSE BOX-TRUNK = HIGH SPEED LEFT HAND S"MlTOM0 B= LOW SPEED RIGHT HAND AC6, 0" 7.6" DRIVE SiGNAL A/C "NIT, &X,15-WAY MIRROR-PASSENGER 1 GREY GREY GREY GREY - RH HEATERVALVE 0" 0" RELAY ACTIVATE 0 0 RELAYS ACTIVATE RELAYACTIVATE 471 47! 47; 47 : - LH B+ 0" MOTOR MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK / Access COMPARTMENT,A,C MOTOR B+ E+ RH BLOWER AC, ,26-WAY AU, 16.WAY AC3,12~WAY AC4 1 SWAY ENGINE BLACK MOTOR 0" HEATER VALVE ACTIVE 090 A-TYPE, BLOWER Inactive 0" 0" B, B+ B0" Br iON, MODULE Location I Type / Color I~WAY SUMlTOMO BLOWER FUSE BOX - ENGlNE MODULE CLUTCH Connector PI%, CLUTCH OF ACTIVE RANGE) Relay AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY Color / Stripe Connector BROWN BUS Location / Color / Access LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS BLOWER MOTOR RELAY- LH BLACK, BLUE ACZO, BLUE DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL RELAYS BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH BLACK, BLUE *cm, BLUE DRiVESHAFT RELAYS FC28, BLUE DOOR MIRROR HEATER HEATED BACKLIGHT HEATER PUMP BLACK/BLUE RELAY RELAY BROWN 1#21 LH FASCIA TRUNK BUS ENGINE TUNNEL RELAYS RELAYS COMPARTMENT BROWN BUS WlNOSHlELD HEATER RELAY- LH BROWN EM44, BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS WiNDSHlELD HEATER RELAY RH BROWN EM45, BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAY (#1) HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector CONNECTORS Location Type / Color FASCIA / Access TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ?&WAY 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE BOTTOM CONNECTOR MO"NT,NG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH RIGHT REAR WHEEL ARCH MULTILOCK 20.WA', MULTILOCK 070, GREY FASCIA 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, d-WAY ECONOSEAL TRUNK/ABOVE 111HC, BLACK HAND 23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRl"ER 23.WAY AMP BLACK PASSENGER Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENITO RiGHT HAND ENCLOSURE IB-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 13WAY FUSE BOX RELAYS FORD, ECONOSEAL X-WAY MULTILOCK 57.WAY SUMlTOMO, X-WAY M"LTILOCK YELLOW SlDE 'N POST MO"NT,NG SIDE 'R POST,'A' BRACKET, 'R POST TRlM POSTTRIM 111LC / WHlTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAN0 ENCLOSURE 111LC I BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE 070, LEFT HAND WHITE ENGINE BLACK 'A' POST CONNECTOR REAR OF CENTER 070 l WHlTE MO"NTlNG COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON CONSOLE BRACKET,'A' POSTTRIM TOP OF TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY GROUNDS The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data Page is furnished NoTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION Ground Location EMlAR EYELET iPAl!% - RlGHT / Type HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, EMlBL EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT EMIBS EYELET ISINGLE), EMZAR EYELET (P,+,R) EM2BL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND EM?BS EYELET (SINGLE), ENGlNE RlGHT COMPARTMENT, HAND ENGINE LEG, LEG, RIGHT ENGINE ENGINE HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND FCZAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT FIXAL (PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PA,R) LEFT HAND LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND 'X POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LF2AL EYELET EYELET LFZAR EYELET (PAIR) LF?BL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND RH2S EYELET (SINGLE), CONTROL MODULE RIGHT HAND LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND HAND ENGINE ENGlNE RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE 'X POST COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, FORWARD FORWARD FORWARD OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH HOOD HOOD CATCH CATCH REAR QUARTER PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS. HARNESSES. GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MAJOR MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION INSTRUMENT COMPONENTS PACK Description GROUND Active GROUND B+ B+ GROUND SUPPLY MINORINSTRUMENT PACKWLITTERY POWER SUPPLY ADAPTl"E DAMPING WARNlNG TRIPCYCLE 'NB'TRIPSELECT 'ML,KM'SELECT SWNErwORK SW NETWORK cm NEWORK CANNETWORK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY GROUNO lLL"MlNATlON SUPPLY MINOR lNSTRUMENT PACK ILL"M,NAT,ON SUPPLY GROUND REFERENCE 'CLEAR' SELECT '000'SELECT CANNETWORK CANNETWORK IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SPEED-ADAPTIVE BAnERY VOLTAGE BATTERYVOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE BATTERY FUEL LEVEL SENSOR B- IMOMENTARY) GROUND IMOMENTARY) GROUND IMOMENTARY) VOLTAGE TR,P COMPUTER FC79 20.WAY PI40 ,'1-WAY ,COLUMN SC2 SWITCHGEAR) POWER TIMER, ENGlNE BROWN MULTILOCK 10.WAY ECJZ, RESERVOIR FASCIA ENGINE BLACK BLACK FASCIA; 070 I YELLOW STEERING AMP MOL: MULT,LOCK I COOLANT FASCIA BLACK BLACK 040 ,' BLACK ECONOSEAL I Access COMPARTMENT TRUNK!FUELTANK AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL, FCZ, / 10.WAY PACK BLOCK: RlGHT HAND SIDE DRIVER SIDE COLUMN CONNECTORS Location Type / Color Connector / Access WWAY MULTfiOCK 070 /WHITE TRUNK 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE 16-WAY MULTILOCK 070, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT R,GHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BEHIND GLOVE (MOMENTARY) 57~WAY SUMlTOMO, GROUND iMOMENTARY 20.WAY 15-1500 HZ MULTILOCK YELLOW BLACK 070, GREY /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL 'ADJACENTTO BRACKET ARCH ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION BOX 15-1500Hr C3" B+ <3"=<3PSI B+ MODULE I Type HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT EM2BR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND HAND FC2BR EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT Q B+ FCBBL EYELET (PAIR) 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hl: 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+ FC4BR EYELET IP*IR) 5" ,MlDPOlNTj 5" IMIDPOINT~ 5" = 0 PSI; 3 3 " = NORMAL GAUGE MOVEMENT 37 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE CONTROL IMIDPOINT, 5 " (PULSE1 Bt = EMPTY O"=FULL GROUND GROUND 5 v = 0 PSI, 3.3" GROUND = NORMAL MODULE LEFT HAND - RIGHT waD LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND TRANSMlSSlON LEG I LEFT HAND PIN OUT INFORMATION HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE 'N POST TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE 'R POST (FOLD OUT PAGE) t- iMlDt=OlNTi B+ iON OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 - 6 " (PULSE) OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 - 5 v ,PULSEi Bt >3v=>3w VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI: DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND CHARGE WARNING B+ WARNING (PAIR) - RlGHT @ B+ FEEDBACK WARNING EYELET 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI FEEDBACK FEEDBACK Location EMlBR 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI POSlTlON GROUND Ground 22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,; POSITION FEEDBACK GROUNDS 22 HZ Q 10 MPH ,16 KWH,; BA"ERY"OLTAGE LOW COOLANT PACK GROUND 37-5"iPULSEl LOW OIL PRESSURE 4%WAY 24.WAY HARNESS-TO-HARNESS GROUND GAUGE POSlTlON FC25! FC26: SWITCH Location I Type I Color RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE PACK SWITCH TRlP CYCLE SWITCH GAUGE GAUGE INSTRUMENT GROUND MOVEMENT OIL PRESSURE BT7 ! LUCAR BTB / LUCAR MlNOR lNSTRUMENT CONTROL POSlTlON MAJOR OIL PRESSURE DAMPING GAUGE LEVEL SWITCH B- GROUND GAUGE 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KWH, e Br B+ GROUND Bt GROUND PACK Inactive B+ I Pin FCE~E MINOR / x79-9 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 37-5"iPULSEi I FC79-10 Oil PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3 7 - 6 " ,PULSEi I FC79-1, CHARGE I FC79-12 BATTERY Description Active INSTRUMENT PACK ,LLUMlNAT,ON SUPPLY B+ WARNING Bi <3" VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5" iMlDPOlNTi FEEDBACK 5 v ,MIDPOINT, 1 FC79~13 EATERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSlTlDN I FCX-14 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 37-SVIPULSE, I FC79-15 BAmERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 I FC79-16 GROUND I FC79-17 BATTERY / FC79-18 LOW OIL PRESSURE I FC79-19 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSiTION FEEDBACK 5 v = 0 PSI; 3.3 v = NORMAL IMIDPOINT I FC79~20 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSlTlON FEEDBACK 5 v = 0 PS1: 3.3 v = NORMAL iMlDPOlNTi 5" (PULSE) GROUND B+ B- GROUND POWER SUPPLY B+ WARNING NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX symbols GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND AIR BAG MIL The following EM55 j 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR COOLANTTEMPERATURE VEHICLE MINOR INSTRUMENT Connector COOLANT 2 - ,600 Hz VEHICLE SPEED -AJCCM "EHiCLE SPEED-PAS v Component 2 - 1600 HZ BATTERY CHARGE WARNING OILPRESSVRE WARNING ENGINE SPEED ENGINE Inactive GROUND GROUND AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S ,<3 PSI) values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module communications MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Description IGNITION SWITCHEO GROUND SUPPLY Active GROUND IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SPEAKER OUTPUT *UDIO OUTPUT AUDIBLE WARNING SPE*KER OUTPUT BUD,0 OUTPUT SCP NEWORK 2- ,600 Hz SC? NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hi B*nERY 67 POWER SUPPLY symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network B+ V Hz at the control or (COLUMN SWITCHGE*Rl SC,, 12.WAY FC141704~WAY MODULE I Type I Color MULTILOCK AMP EEEC; 070,VMTE GREY Location STEERING PASSENGER I Access COLUMN, RIGHT SIDE FASCIA: HAND *IRBAG SIDE BRACKEl MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) + MESSAGES. Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding those that can be expected means a load is applied SPEAKER Pin Out data: communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" Module BODY PROCESSOR CONTROL AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent WARNING B* B+ WARNING I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground COmPOnentS GROUND Connector Component AVDIBLE AUDIBLE NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following (LOGIC) Inactive a switch is ON; circuit operation. module "Inactive" connector means KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION pins a load with is not all circuit applied SHOULD BE USED FOR connections or a switch is made and all OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE COMPONENTS Description MODULE LH FRONT D1 BULB SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND CENTER SWlTCH RH FRONT 0, BULB SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND FRONT FOG LAMP - LH LF32 /Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRl530, HEADLAMP GROUND Ei FRONT FOG LAMP - RH LF22, REINSHAGEN METRl FRONT LH LFBi : 6~W*-Y ECONOSEAL 111LC 'BLACK LEFT HAND RH LFZ, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC I BLACK RiGHT COMPARTMENT LF5! LF6 I LF7, LFB! LF701 MAIN BEAM REOUEST SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND STATUS LED GROUND LH SlDE D, REPWTER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ RH SIDE Di REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY, B+ HEADLAMP EEGROUND GROUND FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE, FLASH REQUEST ILIGHTS ON /LED ONi iMOMENT*RYi E- FRONT FOG LAMP SWlTCH GROUND IMOMENTARY, B- IGNITION GROUND GROUND SUPPLY DIPPED BEAM REOUEST GROUND MAIN GROUND BEAM RELAY ACTlVATE LH SIDE MARKER B+ ,LIGHT iNAS ONLY, GROUND WHEEL ARCH LINER ONi GROUND FRONT SIDE M*RKER LH iNAS B+ FRONT SIDE MARKER - RH ,NAS (MOMENTARY) GROUND ON) LF, 1 i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK BEHlND WHEEL ARCH ONLY1 LFlO POWER TIMER i BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER Z-WAY AMP JUNiOR LINER RELAYS GROUND E- B+ IPULSED) GROUND BUS ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSEBOX FRONT FOG RELAY 1821 BROWN BUS ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX MAlN BROWN BUS ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX BEAM RELAY (X3) Inactive CONNECTORS Location Type / Color Connector G~WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK ENGlNE ,600 HZ 20.WAY 070, LEFT HAND ,600 Hi 13~WAY ECONOSEAL AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK I Color / Access Connector BROWN RELAY i#51 HARNESS-TO-HARNESS PACK Location Color / Stripe Relay DIP BEAM LH DI REOUEST NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX ONLY, B+ ONI 2 - ,600 Hz *- LlNER EiLIGHTS SCP NETWORK *- COLUMN FASCIA BLACK BLACK BEHIND 1600 HZ SW NETWORK LEFT FRONT SEHINDWHEELARCH E- (LIGHTS SCP NETWORK ASSEMBLY BLACK *- Fc*5-*0 PANEL ASSEMBLY BLACK SCP NETWORK s PANEL ARCH LINER POWER TIMER, E, Active ARCH LINER POWER TIMER, ET Description HEADLAMP COMPARTMENT! STEERING 070 /YELLOW AMP PCB SIGNAL AMP PCE SIGNAL, WHEEL HEADLAMP HAND ENGlNE NATURAL i BL*CK II GREEN BLUE /WHEEL AMP JUNIOR E* FC25-19 MULTILOCK FC25 ;48-WAY FC26 '24.WAY BUMPER, EL51 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER SUPPLY S SC2 1 ,D~WAY SWITCHGEAR, PACK FUSEBOX! FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX BUMPER FRONT LFS 12.W*Y BA"ERY INSTRUMENT U TA U T A U.T.A U T A FRONT - RH iROW BT lNDlCATOR 10.WAY 10.WAY IO-WAY 10.WAY EYELET BLACK 630 'BLACK BRACKET CONSOLE - LH (ROW POWER SUPPLY STATUS COLUMN Z-WAY CENTER s,DE Di REPEATER BATTERY HAZARD STALK INSTRUMENT FORD ICC: BLACK SIDE FASCIAIAIRBFIG SlDE DI REPEATER GROUND ,ROW ONLY: L,GHTlNG FC55 I *O-WAY I Access PASSENGER GROUND GROUND SUPPLY UNIT FUSE BOX-ENGINE AMP EEEC,GREY I37 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTI"*TE RH SIDE DI REPEATER FRONT LAMP FC14,104~WAY ON, RH DI REQUEST iLOG,C) "NIT- PACK E- B+ iLIGHT SUPPLY LAMP MAJOR LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY LAMP REOUEST CONSOLE GROUND GROUND HAZARD Pin Location / Color BODY PROCESSOR SIDE LAMP REOUEST v /Type Component GROUND IGNlTlON MAJOR Connector Inactive RH FRONT SIDE LAMP BULB SUPPLY Active E+ MULTILOCK GREY ENGINE 111LC, BLACK I Access COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND 'A' POST CONNECTOR COMPARTMENT, ENCLOSURE MOUNTING LEFT HAND BRACKET! 'A' POST TRIM ENCLOSURE MESSAGES. GROUNDS Ground Location EMIAR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT EMlAR EYELET IPAIR) FC?BR EYELET iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND FCBBL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION FC4BR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module communications HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT LFIAL EYELET (PAIR1 -LEFT LF2BR EYELET ,PAlRi CONTROL The following / Type MODULE HAND RIGHT HAND HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGINE PIN OUT INFORMATION HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE 'A' POST TUNNEL, TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE 'A' POST HEADLAMP COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description FC14-12 REAR FOGLAMPREOUEST I FCi4-15 IGNITION SWlTCHEc GROUND SUPPLY I FC14-16 SIDELAMPREWEST FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY ! FC14-42 DIPPED BEAMREclUEST 0 FC14-44 REAR FOGLAMPSTATUS LED 0 FC14~50 LHREAR 0, LAMPSUPPLY I FCICSI RHDlREOUEST 0 FC14-76 RHREAR DILAMPSUPPLY 1 FC?$-79 BA"ERYPOWER SUPPLY I 'Cl4~BO BATrERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) s FC14-84 SCPNETWORK S FC1~-BS SWNETWORK FC14-58 Lt.DlREOUEST 0 FC14-95 TAILLAMPRELAY ACT,"ATE I FC14-104 LIGHTING! MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY LAMP CONTROL COMPONENTS GROUND GROUND RH TAL NUMBER MARKER LAMP SUPPLY & SIDE MARKER LAr"lP SUPPLY GROUND IGNITION SECURITY POWER SUPPLY LlGHTlNG s BT40-16 / 8141.1 SECURITY 0 S ON FEEDBACK CONTROL The following STALK MODULE (COLUMN iNSTR"MENT Connector / Type / Color FC14,,WWAYAMP EEEC,GREY AC24i &-WAY MULTILOCX 010,WHlTE FC55120.WAY FORDIDC,BLACK BTiO1,O~WAY V.T.A.FVSEBOX, NATURAL BT,, 110.WAY ".T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK BTi2,,o-WAY" T A. FUSEBOX, GREEN BT,3,,0-WAY".TA. FUSEBOX, BLVE BTU 1EYELET BLBi 2.W?AY MULTILOCK 070i WHlTE RHB,Z-WAYMULTiLOCK 070,WHITE / Access SlDEFASCIAiNRBAG BRACKET TOPOFBRAKE PEDAL CENTER CONSOLE TR"NK!ELECTR,CAL CARRIER BT,B /X-WAY TRUNK, SCZ, SWITCHGEARI MULTILOCK AMP PCB SIGNAL: AMP PCB SlGNAL, PLATE LAMP- LH BLa;Z~WAYAMPJ"N,ORPOWERTlMERiBLACK TRUNK LID, LINER PLATE LAMP- RH BLS,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR TRUNK LID, LINER B+ E+ SECURITY Active B+ B+ B+ Bs B81 B+ B+ B+ BBL B+ Inactive GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL POWERTIMER,BLACK BT40,,S-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BT41 ,2B-WAY FORD IDC 1 BLACK RHX / COAXIAL CONNECTOR MODULE - LH iNAS ONLY, BT27, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER 1 BLACK TRUNK, LEFT HAND - RH ,NAS ONLY, BTX, Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK TRUNK, RIGHT HAND TNL LAMP TAIL LAMP LH BT3, I'-WAY AMP JUNIOR TlMER, BLACK TRUNK, LEFT HAND - RH BTX I ,-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER I BLACK TRUNK, RIGHT HAND UNIT"NIT Connector BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX STOP LAMP ,#5) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX RELAY it431 BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX RELAY HARNESS-TO-HARNESS SIDE SIDE SIDE CONNECTORS Location / Access Connector Type / Color AC13 X-WA, BB, S~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW TR"NK,ABO"E RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BLI a-WAY 070 /WHITE TRUNK, RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BTI 20.WAY M"LT,LOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK,ABO"E RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH 812 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNKIABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH RH2 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH12 18.WAY 070,YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY MULTILOCK 070, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK FASCIA YELLOW BOTTOM CONNECTOR ABOVE MOUNTING BRACKET/ RIGHT HAND SIDE GROUNDS EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL. RIGHT FCSBL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, TUNNEL. LEFT HAND GROUND GROUND GROVNC FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600Hz RHIS EYELET (SINGLE), Active B+ B+ ON FEEDBACK Ground Location BTlAR EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT / Type HAND LEG, BTZAR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG ,TR"NK, BTBS EYELET (SINGLE, ITRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA"ERY RlGHT REAR LEFT REAR HAND TRANSMlSSlON LEG, RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, HAND SIDE SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE REAR QUARTER B+ AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" SIDE / Access Color / Stripe BROWN TAIL LAMP I Color Location Relay REAR FOG RELAY fttli FCIBL CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. CARRlER RELAYS GROUND D C S ELECTRICAL REAR SIDE MARKER 2-1600HZ GROUND are used to represent TRUNK, REAR SIDE MARKER GROUND symbols F*sCIA BLACK BLACK NUMBER AND LOCKING CARRIER COLUMN NUMBER Inactive GROUND B+ B+ Input output Signal Ground ELECTRICAL STEERlNG 070 II YELLOW B+ ON, MODULE Description REVERSE LAMPSUPPLY BArnENPOWER SUPPLY REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE SWNETWORK GROUND LIGHTING TRUNK,UNDERSlDE OFLID TRUNK,REARWARD OFSUBWOOFER SPEAKER AMP MOS /YELLOW 10.WAY FC25,48-WAY FC26,24-WAY PACK Location PASSENGER B+ ,LlGHTS Inactive NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX I 0 SG MAJOR PACK AND LOCKING 1 I I LlGHTlNG Description SCPNETWORK SCPNETWORK CANNETWORK CANNETWORK Pin BT'V-5 BT40-6 8740-7 BT40-8 BT40~13 BT40-14 0 LAMP CONTROL B+ GROUND LAMP SUPPLY SWlTCHED INSTRUMENT SECURITY B- GROUND GROUND 7 BB2 - ,600 HZ RH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY s c c HlGHMOUNTSTOPLAMPICON"., HlGHMOUNTSTOPLAMPICOUPE) ON, 2 - ,500 HZ LH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY Pin FC25-19 FC2520 FC25-24 FC25-47 GROUND B- B- iLIGHTS LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY S GROUND ON1 GROUND RH STOP Lplrvlylp SUPPLY r;l/ B- iLED ONi Bi iLIGHT PLATE LAMP SVPPLY SIDE MARKER Component BODYPROCESSOR MODULE BRAKE SWlTCH CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FUSEBOX-TRUNK B- GROUND MODULE LH TAIL&SIDE MAJOR B- GROUND Description RHSTOPLAMPSUPPLY LHSTOPLAMPSUPPLY 0 Inactive B+ Active GROUND iMOMENTARYi CONTROL MESSAGES. MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, COMPONENTS Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - LH LF34,J~WAY REINSHAGEN i BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY! REAR HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - RH LF24.'3~WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, REAR LEVELiNG SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF60 SWITCH PACK, FC55 ,ZO-WAY CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CONNECTORS Type I Color Z-WAY FORD ICC, BLACK MULTILOCK Location 070 /WHITE LEFT HAND / Access 'A' POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,"A' POST TRIM GROUNDS Ground Location FCZBR EYELET / Type LFlAL EYELET (PAIR) LFZBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND iPAIR, -RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND ENGINE TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE HEADLAMP COMPARTMENT. FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description I DDlO~l BATTERY POWER SUPPLY S DDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND DDIO-9 SCP NEYWORK COMPONENTS Active B+ GROUND 2- 1600wz B+ 2 1600Hz GROUND 0 DD,O-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK I 0010-17 POWER GROUND / DDlM DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK 1 DC,,-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST I DDl,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER 7 Pin I DPIO-, LAMP SUPPLY DOOR CONTROL REOUES, Inactive Component B- BODY PROCESSOR GROUND DIODE iBT29) GROUUD GROUhD 87 (DOOR OPEN) B- Inactive B- / DP,O-8 LOGlC GROUND GROUND GROUND S CPlO 9 SW NETWORK *- POWER SUPPLY 1600 HZ 0 DPlO-14 PASSENGER s DPlO-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz I CP10~17 POWER GROUND GROUND 1 DPil20 PASSENGER GROUND LAMP SUPPLY B- iLIGHT DOOR SWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description lGNlTlON SWITCHED lGNlTlON GROUND GROUND ON) GROUND B- (DOOR OPEN, Inactive GROUND SUPPLY GROUND LAMP SUPPLY GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY Bi GROUND GROUND GROUND KEY IN IGNlTlON GROUND LAMP FADE 2 OUTPUT B+ FADES BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC) 2 SCP NETWORK LIGHTING/MOTORS BATTERY NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX LAMP POWER SUPPLY Bi POWER SUPPLY B-i The following symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module ADJACENT DC,0 I) 22~WAY CD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE BLACK DRl"ER CPlO: *Z-WAY DP,, IDWAY FORD 2.8 TIMER! FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE BLACK PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASiNG DOOR, DOOR CASING III LC, BLACK DRl"ER DOOR, DOOR CASING /II LC i BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING DOOR SWITCH CP3 i 13.WAY ECONOSEAL \\I LC I BLACK PASSENGER DD3, - DRIVER -PASSENGER IS-WAY FOOTWELL LAMP - LH X31, FOOTWELL LAMP- FC32!2-WAYAMPJUNIOR RH FC33, FC34. BOX LAMP IGNiTlON SWITCH PUDDLE LAMP- PUDDLE LAMP- REAR lNTERlOR P-WAY AMP JUNIOR IKEY~IN DRIVER DDI4, Z-WAY 070, AMP JVNIOR RH3 :2-WAY ONLY1 RFiO, POWER TIMER MULTILOCK 070, FOODVELL BOX STEERING WHITE COLUMN DRIVER DOOR I BLACK PASSENGER POWERT,MER!BLACK AMP JUNIOR &WA,' GLOVE POWER TIMER FOOTWELL RIGHT HAND STRAIGHT STRAIGHT DP14i2~WAYAMPJ"NlOR DOOR (COUPE LUCAR LUCAR DOOR I DOOR CASlNG LEFT HAND i BLACK POWERTlMERiBLACK FCS, B-WAY MULTlLOCK SWITCH, DOOR PASSENGER LAMP V&A, I-WAY POWER TlMER DOOR REAR CENTER /WHITE INTERIOR GREY OF HEAD LlNlNG ROOF TRUNK LAIMP BT56,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERT,MER,WHITE TRUNK, LEFT HAND TRUNK LAMP - RH BT59, POWER TIMER TRUNK, RIGHT TRUNK SWITCH BT46 i ?-WAY LH Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR AUGAT : WHITE LAMP - LH RF8,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW SUN VISOR VANITY LAMP- RF,, MULTILOCK 070, SUN VISOR Connector 3-WAY HAND SIDE SDE TRUNK 1.6 i BLACK "ANIl? RH BRACKET TO BATFERY YELLOW CONNECTORS Location Type I Color 070, TRUNK, WHITE I Access ABOVE RIGHT HAND 20.WAY MULTILOCK 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER X-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE 'A' POST,'A' 'fl REAR WHEEL SIDE 'X POST MOUNTlNG 18~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RIGHT PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER HAND POST TRIM POSTTRIM POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE ARCH BRACKET,'A' MOUNTING BRACKET, 'K POST TRIM ASSEMBLY GROUNDS GROUND B+ AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent TRUNK,, SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG ECONOSEAL Ground Location MESSAGES. CONTROL I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground DIODE / Access PASSENGER GREY B+ 1500 tir 2 - 1800 Hi GLOVE BOX /VANITY BT29, AMP EEEC, ECONOSEAL TO D ") B+ SCP NETWORK 104~WAY DD3,lSWAY B- (KEY IN) Location / Type / Color FC14! DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER GROUND INTERIOR TRUNK, PASSENGER HARNESS-TO-HARNESS I INTERIOR IGNITION - DRIVER ROOF CONSOLE Active SWITCHED FOOTWELL MODULE MODULE- GLOVE MODULE DOOR PUDDLE DOOR CONTROL DOOR CONTROL DOOR LOCK SWITCHES B- fMOMENWRYI BATTERY SWITCH GROUND GROUND Active -TRUNK GROUND B+ IMOMENTARY) Description Connector MODULE I Type EYELET IPAIR, - RIGHT EYELET (PAIRI EYELET (PAIRI - RlGHT EYELET ,PAlRi HAND LEFT HAND HAND - LEFT HAND EYELET (PAIR) EYELET IPAIR, - LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND EYELET iPAIR EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND - RIGHT HAND EYELET ,PAlR, EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND EYELET iSiNGLE,, MODULE - RlGHT HAND RIGHT LEG /ADJACENT LEG, TO BATTERY RIGHT HAND LEG, LEG, RlGHT LEG, '!4' POST RIGHT HAND HAND RIGHT HAND LEG ,TRANSMlSSlON LEFT HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND 'A' POST TUNNEL, LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, 'A.' POST 'K POST TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE 'A' POST 'A' POST 'A' POST 'A' POST REAR QUARTER PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. CONTROL DIMMER 7 MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Pin COMPONENTS Description Active MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) Inactive GROUND MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ iLIGHTS ONi GROUND IGNITION SWlTCHED SIDE LAMPS GROUND SUPPLY GROUND ON REQUEST POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B- iLIGHTS GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B- (LIGHTS SUPPLY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY BATTERY VOLTAGE POTENTIOMETER CENTER ClGAR CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL PACK LIGHTER REFERENCE CONVERTIBLE 13V=DIM,4V=BR,GHT GROUND VOLTAGE MULTlLOCK FCSS i *&WAY FORD IDC I BLACK TOP SWITCH CONTROL ON, FC62 / 1o-'"v*Y ONi GROUND DIMMER CONTROL ON, GROUND DIMMER MODVLE GROUND GROUND GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMiNATlON B- B- LIGHTING (COLUMN B- k?A MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK 4v 0" FC25 .'48-WAY Fczs: 24.WAY MlNOR INSTRUMENT PACK FCE OFF WATCH iCOLUMN STALK SWITCHGEAR) MODULE SWITCHGEAR) ITRAVSMISSIONI SWITCH PACK SWITCH PACK - DRIVER SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER VALET AMP MOL: BLACK DRIVER SWlTCH 070iWHlTE FC88 / IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, FRONT '2O~WAY MULTlLOCK 070i ?&WAY DP,,! MVLTILOCK HARNESS-TO-HARNESS M"LTlLOCK NvlP Rx,, AMP MOL, AMP MOL, FUSE BOX COLUMN REARWARD CENTER OF GEAR SELECTOR CONSOLE DRIVER DOOR BLACK BLACK 040, FASCIA ASSEMBLY FASCIA WHITE 040: AMP MU, HAND FASCIA BLACK 070, COWL RIGHT OF GEAR SELECTOR STEERING 'BLACK 'BLACK 040 I BLACK AMP Mm: FCZ7,10-WAY IO-WAY YELLOW AMP PCB SIGNAL AMP PCB SIGNAL BYWAY MVLTlLOCK FC67,lO~WAY WHITE SELECTOR OF GEAR SELECTOR COLUMN ADJACENTTO DDS, SWlTCH 0F Gm* STEERING DD17 I2O~WAY AND FUEL FILL RELEASE OF GEAR SELECTOR Fomv.4RD 040 / BLACK DOOR MEMORY SWITCH CONSOLE FORWARD MULTILOCK DOOR PACK CENTER FC23 II 12.WAY FC35 ' 10.WAY DOOR CONSOLE SC17 SWAY MULTlLOCK / Access CENTER REARWARD IClO I ZO-WAY MULTILOCK TRIP COMPUTER Location BLUE FC63 : l0~WA.Y AMP MOL I NATURAL SC2 ! lO~WAY RADIO TRUNK 040, PC42 I Z~WAY AMP, BLACK FC59 1 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE CRUISE MODE SWITCH I Type / Color FC43 I 12.WAY GROUND GROUND POWER SUPPLY DIMMER Connector CONTROL GROUND DIMMER GROUND Component AIR CONDITIONING DRIVER DOOR BLACK PASSENGER MOL i BLACK DOOR FASCIA i DRIVER SIDE NATURAL FASCl.4, DRIVER SIDE BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER CONNECTORS Connector AC15 Type / Color 20.WAY Location DD1 23 WAY AMP DP, ZS-WAY AMP - FORD, ICI *O-WAY MVLTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW SC3 12~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY RIGHT MULTlLOCK 070, GREY FORD I BLACK BLACK / Access FASCIA BOTTOM DRIVER SIDE 'A' POST MOUNTlNG PASSENGER SIDE'A'POSTI'A CENTER HAND CONNECTOR CONSOLE MOUNTING BRACKET! BRACKET,'A' RIGHT HAND SlDE POST TRlM POSTTRlM GLOVE SIDE OF STEERING BOX COLUMN GROUNDS Ground Location CE2 EYELET iS,NGLEi FCZAL EYELET iPAIR -LEFT HAND LEG, RiGHT HAND 'A' POST FC?BL EYELET iPAIR - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND 'N POST FCZBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND FCOBL EYELET ,PAlRi FCSBR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND FC4AL EYELET iPAIR HAND LEG, LEFT HAND 'A' POST FC4BL EYELET (PAIRI - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND 'K POST FC4BR EYELET (PAIR CONTROL MODULE / Type /ABOVE RIGHT LEFT HAND -LEFT - RIGHT HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON RIGHT HAND TRANSMlSSlON LEFT HAND PIN OUT INFORMATION 'A' POST TUNNEL, TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SlDE 'K POST (FOLD OUT PAGE) + The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; " Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION POWER ASSISTED STEERING >J Pin Description 0 FC16~2 TRANSDUCER I FC16~4 VEHICLE 0 FC16-5 TRANSDUCER FC16-6 IGNlTiON FC16-8 GROUND I CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS 2 V 0 IDLE DECREASING SPEED POSITIVE SWITCHED Inactive Active NEGATIVE POWER SUPPLY WITH VEHICLE SPEED POWER ASSlSTED l3a @ 10 MPH iIS KWHI = 20 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KWH, 9" WITH VEHICLE @ IDLE INCREASlNG Connector Component = 40 HI SPEED B- 0" 0" 0" STEERING CONTROL VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER - LHD LL2,2~WAY VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER - RHD EM18 /I-WAY HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Location I Type I Color FCIG,O-WAYRISTS MODULE RELAY,BLACKAND AMP JUNIOR AMP J"NlOR FASCIA, RED POWER TiMER, POWER TIMER, BLACK BLACK I Access AD.,ACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE STEERING RACK! CONTROL VALVE CONNECTORS Connector EMZ Type / Color II-WAYMULTILOCK 070iYELLOW Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTD RIGHT HAND LL1 Z~WAY ECONOSEAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT:ADJACENTTO STARTER 111LC, BLACK / Access ENCLOSURE MOTOR GROUNDS Ground FC28R Location EYELET iPA\Ri - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND FC4BR EYELET iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding those that can be expected means a load is applied or PIN OUT INFORMATION 'N POST 'K POST (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" COmPOnentS values for Control MODULE / Type at the control a switch is ON; circuit operation. module "Inactive" connector means KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION pins with a load is not all circuit applied SHOULD BE USED FOR connections made and all a switch is OFF. or REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR v PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Description I Pin FCI4.11 Active AUTO TlLT REOUEST GROUND 1 FCi415 IGNITION SWITCHED I FC14-25 COLUMN MOTOR GROUND I FC14-32 IGNiTlDN SWITCHED 0 FC14.40 COLUMN MOTOR I FC14.41 IGNITION GROUND 0 FC14-52 COLUMN RE*CH I FC14-58 NOT IN-PARK I FC14-66 COLUMN I GROUND SUPPLY GROUND SUPPLY REFERENCE VOLT*GE GROUND COLUMN GROUND GROUND DOOR CONTROL FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION 0 FC14-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ FEEDBACK (R.N.W.32 0 5 " fO"T,: GROUND SUPPLY 4" ILOGIC) 5 FC14-84 SCP NETWORK FC14-85 SW NETWORK I FC14-87 COLUMN MOVEMENT REQUEST 0 FC14-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER 0 FC14~91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR I FC14-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND ,GN,T,ON B- (PARKI NOT~IN-P*IRK BGROUND B- ,KEY IN, B. SWITCH 2 - ,600 Hz *- POTENTIOMETER 0 FC14-99 0 FC14-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SVPPLY I FC14-I02 COLUMN MOVEMENT MOTORS BATTERY GROUND REFERENCE GROUND FEEDBACK = 8.5 ", EXTEND c 6.8" GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND "P=4",DDWN=O.S" POWER SUPPLY (KEY-IN RX, MlCROSWlTCH COLUMN PACK- B+ GROUND B- GROUND MULTILOCK I S-WAY MULTlLOCK DDS i 10.WAY DOOR MEMORY MDKi I Access COLUMN, STEERING BLACK LEFT H*ND SIDE FASCIA, COLUMN, AIRBAG LEFT HAND DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING SIDE BRACKET SIDE I BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, FC60: S-WAY MULTlLOCK FC6, .'SWAY MULTlLOCK MOTORS DRIVER ECONOSEAL FC4! I-WAY SWTCH, STEERlNG BLACK PASSENGER GROTE AND HARTM*N DD3 ' l3WAY DRIVER MDK: GREY DD,0;22~WAYFORD28T,MER,BLUE DDll 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER DRIVER HARNESS-TO-HARNESS 1500 HZ UP = 10 1 V. DOWN = 12.1 V. RETRACT REFERENCE MODULE H*RTMAN AMP EEEC, SC9 /g-WAY SWlTCHGEARi Location / Type I Color WAY GROTE *ND FC,4,,04-WAY MODULE SWITCH STEERING (IN, B- s SC9,8 SWITCHGEAR) JOY STICK (COLUMN DOOR SWITCH GROUND SUPPLY POTENTlOMETER (COLUMN BODY PROCESSOR GROUND GROUND REACH MOTOR TILT SWITCH 5v SUPPLY MOTOR Connector Component AVTO GROUND SUPPLY POTENTIOMETER Inactive B+ STEERING WHITE COLVMN 070 'WHITE GEAR SELECTOR 070: 070: STEERING WHITE YELLOW DRIVER AMP MOL 'BLACK ASSEMBLY COLUMN DOOR CONNECTORS Connector AC14 Type I Color II-WAY MULTILOCK DD1 23WAY AMP SC2 10.WAY MULTILOCK SC3 1Z~WAY MULTILOCK Location 070 i GREY FORD, BLACK I Access F*SC,A BO"OM DR,"ER SIDE 'A' POST MOUNTING OF,! YELLOW ADJXENTTO 070, RIGHT GREY HAND CONNECTOR STEERING MOVNTING COLUMN SIDE OF STEERING BRKKET, BRACKET.RlGHT HAND SIDE 'N POST TRIM MOTOR COLUMN B, GROUNDS DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE c7 Pin Description I DD,O-l BdTTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Inactive B+ GROUND Active Location EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND 'A' POST FC?BR EYELET IP*IRl- HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND '4' POST FCBBL EYELET (PAlR, -LEFT I DDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND S DDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr FCBBR EYELET (PAl.8, s DD,O-16 SCP NEWORK 2 FC4AR EYELET I DDIO-I7 POWER GROUND GROUND FC4BR EYELET 0 DD11~2 SEAT MEMORY I DDII-6 MEMORY 1 DD11~20 DRIVER DOOR SWTCH GROUND I DDI,-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ IMOMENT*RYI 1 cm,,-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST STATUS symbols GROUND SET REQUEST NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following LED CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S GROUND (LED ON) B+ (DOOR OPEN1 B+ GROUND GROUND CONTROL B+ B+ ~MOMENTARYI AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground 1600 Hz values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding those that can be expe&ed means a load is applied at or MODULE RlGHT RlGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, H*ND LEG /TRANSMISSION IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND 'A' POST (PAIR, HAND LEG, LEFT HAND '4' POST RIGHT PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) MESSAGES. Pin Out data: communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module / Type Ground FCPAR the a switch control is ON; KHz MS MV Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit module "Inactive" operation. Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION connector pins means a load with is not all circuit applied SHOULD BE USED FOR connections ma& or a switch is OFF. and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR '7 I I I I s s Pin FC14-15 FC14-32 FC1441 FC14-58 FC14~80 FC14-84 FC,$-85 PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS MODULE Description IGNlTlON SW,TCHED GROUND SUPPLY IGNlTlON WATCHED GROUND SUPPLY IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY NOT~IWPARK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC, SCPNETWORK SCPNETWORK inactive Active BODY PROCESSOR GROUND POWER SUPPLY DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL 1 HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, B+ (PARK, B+ DOOR CONTROL MODVLE DPtO! 22.WAY DP, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER! BLACK MOTORS DDBr'll~WAY MULTlLOCK040,BL"E DOOR MIRROR MOTORS-PASSENGER DPB! 1%WAY MULTliOCK DOOR SWITCH -DRIVER DD3: ECONOSEAL = DOWN GROUND GROUND SW NETWORK 2 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ POWER GROUND GROUND MOVEMENT MOVEMEYT MOTOR MOTOR DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTlOMETER HORIZONTAL REFERENCE DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL VOLTAGE POSlTlON POSlTlON FEEDBACK STAT"?, LED MOVEMENT REOUEST B- ,LED DN) GROUND Br = LEFT GROUND LH HORiZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND= Bi = DOWN GROUND DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND B+ MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARYi GROUND MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ ~MOMENTARY~ GROUND SW NETWORK FC25~24 CAN NETWORK c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK DOOR CONTROL POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL, HORlZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR HORlZONTAL (DOOR OPEN) PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL Active Br B+= LEFT,DOWN Inactive B+ MOTOR BC= RIGHT GROUND GROUND Bi = UP GROUND GROUND GROUND SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 H3 SW NETWORK 2- 1600 Hi POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+ MOVEMENT MOTOR DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER POSiTlON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX symbols CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S 040, FASClA BLACK I BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH BLACK FC87 /3-'&N MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE GEAR SELECTOR DD5 : IO-WAY AMP MCIL! BLACK DRl"ER PACK ASSEMBLY DOOR CONNECTORS Location Type / Color 14.WAY MULTILOCK X-WAY AMP FORD, 23.WAY AMP - FORD, I Access FASClA BO"OM BLACK DR,"ER SIDE 'R POST MOUNTING BLACK PASSENGER 070, GREY CONNECTOR SiDE 'A' POST, MOUNTlNG BRACKET: BRACKET/'*' RIGHT HAND SIDE POST TRIM 'A' POST TRlM = DOWN, LEFT Ground Location FC2AR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT FCBAS EYELET iSlNGLEi/ = RIGHT FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION RiGHT FC4AR EYELET ,PA,R, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND = UP I Type HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION RIGHT TUNNEL, HAND '4' POST LEFT HAND SIDE TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE 'K POST = UP CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) 1 " = LEFT. 8" values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" = RIGHT, UP = RIGHT 1"=DOWN;B"="P AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground AMP PCB SIGNAL: AMP PCB SIGNAL DOOR DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING COMMON MOVEMENT LOGIC GROUND PASSENGER HORE'ONTAL DOOR MEMORY PASSENGER MODULE Description BATTERY DRl"ER DOOR CASING DRIVER DOOR BLUE 111LC I BLACK MULTILOCK DOOR, Active PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTiON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE The following GROUND REOUEST X25-20 DPIO-z GROUND MOVEMENT c PACKI X-WAY PASSENGER BRACKET DOOR CASING GROUNDS B+ = UP, RIGHT RH HORIZONTAL REQUEST DD,,! 040, DRIVER DOOR, BLUE BLACK ,"=LEFT;B"=RIGHT Bi MOVEMENT PACK- GROUND B+ B+ = DOWN SET REOUEST DOOR SWITCH HARNESS-TO-HARNESS I"=DOWN.B"=UP SELECT (DRIVER 13WAY FC25,48~WAY FC26 i 24~w*Y PACK MICROSWITCH Connector 1600 Hz B- FEEDBACK MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK V Pin Description s FC25-19 SCP NETWORK 0 SWTCH LOGIC GROUND s DRIVER / Access SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG UP = LEFT RH VERTICAL Pin DP,O-1 = RIGHT, GROUND SEAT MEMORY PASSENGER GROUND GROUND VERTICAL LH VERTICAL INSTRUMENT NOT-IN-PARK B-=UP HOW0NTA.L DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MEMORY PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR PARROR JOYSTlCK BA = RlGHT DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MIRROR V 1 DOWN, PASSENGER GREY DDlO, 22.WAY DD, 1,22-WAY Inactive BT B+ = LEFT: AMP EEEC, MODULE-DRIVER MODULE Active BT Location I Type I Color FC,4,104-WAY DOOR CONTROL GROUND GROUND ~R.N.D.4.3.21 B2 - 1500HZ 2 - 1600wz Description BATTERY MODULE GROUND MAJOR DRIVER DOOR CONTROL Connector Component GROUND MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC] Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description IGNlTlON SWITCHED COMPONENTS Inactive Active GROUND SUPPLY BODY PROCESSOR SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND DOOR CONTROL DIPPED BEAM REQUEST GROUND BLUE DRIVER BLUE PASSENGER REAR VIEW MIRROR RF*, 6.WAY 070 /YELLOW W,NDSHlELD, STALK SC2 IO-WAY SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ LIGHTING M,RROR B- I DD10~8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND S DD1*~9 SCP NETWORK *-1600Hi S DDlO-16 SCP NETWORK I DDll DOOR MIRROR Inactive B, GROUND Active *POWER FOLD BACK REOUEST PASSENGER (COLUMN INSTRUMENT SWITCHGEAR, JOY STICK ,DRl"ER DOOR SWITCH MODULE SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER AND LOCKING MULTlLOCK CONTROL DOOR SWlTCH BELOW SEAT CUSHION SP3: SP5, BELOW SEAT CUSHION TRUNK i ELECTRICAL 16.WAY IO-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER FORD 2.8 TIMER HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Inactive BA Active GROUND / BLACK I BLACK Location AC13 Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW FAX,,% BOTTOM CONNECTOR MD"NTlNG BRACKET AC14 14.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! LEFT HAND MOUNTlNG GROUND GROUND AC16 &WAY B, BT BTl 20.WAY MULTILOCK DD1 23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER DP1 23.WAY AMP BLACK PASSENGER SlDE 'N POST,'A' RF, ,&WAY MVLTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW RIGHT 'A' POST CONNECTOR RH12 l&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY MULTlLOCK 0701 WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY I SD5-5 BA"ERY S SD59 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz S Sk-10 SCP NETWORK 2 ,500 Hi Inactive Active S FCZI-79 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ s FC25-20 SCP bIErwORK 2 - ,600 HZ c FC25-24 CAN NETWORK 15 C FCZ5-47 CAN NETWORK ,5 - ,500 HZ SEAT CONTROL Inactive BA Active FOLD OUTACTlVATE 070, FORD, GROUND RH2 Z&WAY SD1 B-WAY MULTlLOCK SP1 BYWAY MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW O?O,YELLOW GROUND BA Ground Location BTIAR EYELET (PAIRI -RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND FC381 EYELET iPA,R, - LEFT HAND FCSBR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, TRANSMISSION FC'IAR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND FCSL EYELET (PAIR, FE'S EYELET iSlNGLEi/ I SP52 POWER GROUND GROUND SPS-5 BATTERY B+ s SP59 SCP NETWORK *-1600H2 FCGL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND S SE-10 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 tlr FCBS EYELET (SINGLEI, SECURITY V Pin AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE CONTROL Description Active Inactive REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B, GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt SCP NETWORK GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ symbols AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" CDmPOnBntS HAND REAR WHEEL HAND BELOW DRIVER SEAT BELOW PASSENGER SlDE HAND SIDE BRACKET, 'A' POST TRIM ARCH BRACKET, 'X POST TRIM POSTTRIM MOUNTING BRACKET!'A'POSTTRlM SEAT MODULE LEFT HAND RIGHT TO BATTERY 'A' POST LEG iTRANSMISSiON LEG, HAND HAND TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE '& POST SEAT SEAT LEG, LEFT HAND RIGHT TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SEAT SEAT PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) 2 - ,600 Hz GROUND NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following RlGHT SlDE 'K POST MOUNTING HAND RIGHT / Type I POWER SUPPLY TRUNK/ABOVE WHITE ! RlGHT GROUNDS MODULE Description DOOR MIRROR 1500 Hz MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW 'K POST CONNECTOR POWER GROUND PASSENGER v Pin 0 SW4 CARRIER / Access Type I Color SDS2 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description PACK CONNECTORS Connector I POWER SUPPLY OF ROOF CONSOLE FASCIA I BLACK BLACK 8740 I 16.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER : BLACK BT41 ! 26.WAY FORD IDC ! BLACK RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR MODULE FORWARD COLUMN DR,"ER 20.WAY BRACKET DOOR SD3 IG~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER 1 BLACK SD4 II 26~WAY FORD IDC t BLACK SDS 1 IO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER! BLACK DD,, PACK) DRlVER STEERING 070 'YELLOW /AIRBAG DOOR CASlNG GROUNC B- DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE ;i Pin Description 0 SD3~4 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE MULTILOCK FC25 : 48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL FC26, 24.WA,' AMP PCB SIGNAL PACK SEAT CONTROL SEC"Rl7-V ,500 HZ DOOR 040! ,NTERlOR DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE J Pin Description I DDIO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY DOOR, 040! - DRIVER SlDE FASCIA DRlVER MVLTILOCK 2-,600Hi ILOGIC) FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE FORD 2 8 TIMER/BLACK MULTlLOCK SCP NETWORK POWER SUPPLY 22.WAY 22~WAY 1%WAY DOOR MIRROR BATTERY DDlO, DD,, DRi"ER / Access PASSENGER EEECiGREY oP8: DOOR MIRROR POWER SUPPLY MODULE Location I Type I Color FC,4il04-WAYAMP MODULE DD8 II ll-WAY B+ B- BATTERY MAJOR 15 Connector Component GROUND MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description 0 BT69-1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTl"E DAMPiNG MI1 0 BT69-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY D 3T69-10 SERIAL COMMUNlcATlONS I BT69~11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 0 BTS9-13 0 8769-14 0 mm1 I BTW23 GRCJUND I BTW20 FRONT LATERAL BT69-21 FRONT VERTICAL LH REAR DAMPER BA1TERY RH FRONT DAMPER 5 RH REAR DAMPER BT69-22 REAR VERTICAL I 3-m-24 VEHICLE 0 BT.53~25 ACCELEROMETER I BT69-26 BRAKE SWlTCH 3x9-27 BATTERY BA"ERY BA"ERY COMPONENTS GROUND Inactive B+ ACCELEROMETER-FRONT GROUND GROUND ACCELEROMETER-REAR Active POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY ACCELEROMETER ACCELEROMETER Connector ACCELEROMETER-FRONT POWER SUPPLY ACCELEROMETER Component FEEDBACK FEEDBACK VERTICAL VERTICAL TRUNK, BELOW CENTER CONSOLE, ICE HEAD Bi .BT BT DAMPER SOLENOID - LH FRONT TOP OF LEFT HAND FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID- LH REAR TOP OF LEFT HAND REAR DAMPER GROUND DAMPER SOLENOlD - RH FRONT TOP OF RIGHT HAND FRONT 23%27"=HARD DAMPER SOLENOID RH REAR TOP OF RIGHT HAND REAR DAMPER CONTROL TRUNKiADJACENTTO MODULE TOP OF BRAKE BRAKE SWITCH 2.3 UNIT ELECTRlCALCARRlER PEDAL DAMPER DAMPER 2.7 " = HARD HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS SUPPLY Connector Location Type / Color POWER SUPPLY FASCIA / Access BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SlDE D BT69 28 SERIAL COMM"NlCATlONS 0 8T69-30 LH FRONT DAMPER 0 BTW31 LH FRONT DAMPER 0 BTW32 LH REAR DAMPER GROUND TRUNK, BELOW 0 BT69-33 RH FRONT DAMPER GROUND ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO 0 BTW34 RH REAR DAMPER GROUND LEFT HAND 'N POST CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET, 'A' POST TRIM LEFT HAND 'A' POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, 'A' POSTTRlM BAmERY BEHIND ADAPTIVE DAMPING ECM FUEL TANK 2.3 - 2.7 " = HARD FEEDBACK VOLTAGE / Access ENGINECOMPARTMENT,AD~ACE~~TO GROUND SPEED SIGNAL COMMON Location / Type I Color LA\TERAL POWER SUPPLY TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH B+ TRUNK, RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH GROUND TR"NK,SELOWFUELTANK BEHIND ABOVE GLOVE REAR OF CENTER FUEL TANK RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE BOX CONSOLE ASSEMBLY REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND SIDE SIDE GROUNDS Location Ground BT23L CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" components values for Control EYELET MODULE IPAIR) / Type LEFT HAND LEG /TRUNK, PIN OUT INFORMATION RIGHT REAR (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION WATCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-17 MD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED 1 FC14-32 IGNITION I FC14-35 LHD RH ,RHD LH, SEAT HEATER I FC14-41 IGNITION 0 FC14-69 LHDLHSEATHEATERSWTUSLEDIRHD=RHI I FC14-80 BA"ERY s FC14~84 SCP NETWORK FC14-85 SCP YETWORK FC14-86 LHD LH (RHO RH, SEAT HEATER s SWITCHED GROUND COMPONENTS GROUND GROUND GROUNDSUPPLY REQUEST SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC) DD1w3 LOGK B- ,LED ON, GROUND GROUND GROUND B- GROUND B- B, B- 2-1900Hz B- IMOMENTARY) inactive B* GROUND Active s DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK DD,O-16 SCP NETVKJRK 1 DD10~17 POWER GROUND 0 DD11~2 SEAT MEMORY I DD,,-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST B- 1 DDll-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ ,MOMENTARY I 0011~22 kmmw 2 RECALL REQUEST Pin Description MAJOR ,NSTRUMENT STATUS LED GROUND ,LED ONi BELOW SEAT CUSHION BELOW SEAT CUSHION SD19 3~WAY MULTILOCK SEAT CVSHION FC55! 20.WAY SEAT HEATER ,HEATERl SWITCH DRIVER (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) SD14'3-WAYM"LTlLOCK070. SEAT MOTORS SD7 ! G~WAY MULTILOCK SDB, G~WAY MULTILOCK SD9, B-WAY MULTILOCK SQUAB (HEATER) - DRIVER SWITCH PACK-DRIVER SWlTCH PACK DOOR MEMORY DRIVER SEAT HARNESS-TO-HARNESS B, Connector MULTILOCK GROUND X-WAY AMP - FORD, B+ IMOMENTARY GROUND B-WAY Active Inactive MULTILOCK 070, BELOW 070 i YELLOW B+ GROUND Ground Location GRO"ND FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, 0 SF-3 DRIVER SEAT HEATER B+ GROUND FCSBR EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION 0 SLY-5 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND FC4AR EYELET IPAIR HAND LEG, 0 SDS6 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+ GROUND FCSL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND 0 SK-7 DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Br GROUND FC5R EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND 0 SDS8 DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FCBL EYELET IPAIR, -LEFT 1 SK-9 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT B+ iMOMENTARY GROUND FCGR EYELET IPAIR) -RIGHT I SD310 DRIVER SEATAFT B- iMOMENTARY, GROUND I SD3~13 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR REAR EDGE LOWER REOVEST B+ (MOMENTARY, GROUND REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY, GROUND B- iMOMENTARY GROUND INFLATE REQUEST I 5x3-14 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR I 503-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE I SD316 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE 0 ma-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER 0 SD42 DRiVER SEAT FORE/AFT 0 SD&5 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB 0 504~6 DillVER , SDI-lo DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER POTENTlOMETER 1 SLwll DRIVER SEATSQVAB POT FEEDBACK DEFLATE REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REFERENCE MOVEMENT POT. REFERENCE I SD4-72 DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT SO4-14 DRIVER SEAT RAISE, 0 SD4-18 DRIVER SEAT FORE l AFT MOVEMENT I SD5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND REFERENCE GROUND VOLTAGE SEAT RAlSE i LOWER POTENTIOMETER 0 GROUND POTENTlOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE FEEDBACK B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND B+ iMOMENTARY GROUND BA iMOMENTARY, GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+ B+ B- FEEDBACK LOWER POTENTlOMETER 10 V = FORWARD, REFERENCE POTENTlOMETER GROUND REFERENCE VOLTAGE SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND B+ B+ GROUND SD5-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ 0 SE-4 DRl"ER LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ BATTERY I SDS5 SD5-8 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ IFASTENED, S SD59 SCP NETWORK 2- S SD5-lo SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ POWER SUPPLY Description S FCZ5-19 SCP NETWORK s FC25-20 SW NETWORK C FC25-24 CAN NETWORK C FC25-47 CAN NETWORK MOUNTING BRACKET, BRACKET,'A' RIGHT HAND SIDE POSTTRIM DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE I Type -RIGHT HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT HAND LEFT HAND RlGHT RIGHT PIN OUT INFORMATION LEFT HAND SIDE SEAT HAND LEFT HAND TUNNEL, 'X POST HAND LEFT HAND 'X POST SEAT SEAT SEAT (FOLD OUT PAGE) + GROUND GROUND GROVND B+ GROVND BA ,500 Hz AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. Inactive Active NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX symbols CONNECTOR PACK Pin The following / Access BO"OM iDRlVER, GROUND I INSTRUMENT DOOR DRIVER SEAT 2 V = REAR GROUND SD52 MAJOR DRi"ER BLACK SV="P:4V=DOWN POTENTIOMETER ( v 040, SEAT CUSHlON 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN 0 SEAT RAISE! MULTILOCK PACK GROUNDS Bi SEAT CUSHION ',G~wAY SWITCH SEAT SOUAB 070 I_GREY DRIVER SIDE 'K POST MOUNTING FORWARD DwER SD,, BLACK REAR DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AMP MOL I BLACK FASCIA SUPPLY- SIX-12 MULTILOCK ,&WAY GREY SVPPLY- SD3-II '&WAY Location 14.WAY MOTOR I BELOW 070 WHlTE 070 / WHITE 070, YELLOW DD5, CONSOLE SEAT BACK CONNECTORS MOTOR / CENTER YELLOW SD17 Type / Color DRIVER SEAT SQUAB REQUEST 070 'YELLOW FORD IDC i BLACK SEATLUMBARPUMP-DRl"ER DRl"ER 040: BRACKET I BLACK BLACK BLACK MVLTILOCK I AIRBAG DOOR CASING SD3 i 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK SCM: 2B~WAV FORD IDC i BLACK SD5 / 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER i BLACK DRIVER SEATSQUAB REQUEST DRIVER DOOR, FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK SD20 :P-WAY MODULE-DRIVER SD3~1 MOVEMENT I Access SIDE FASClA SEAT CONTROL SE-2 SUPPLY PASSENGER GHEY SEAT BELT SWITCH 0 ELEMENTS Location I Type I Color AMP EEEC, FC25 '48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL FCZB:24~WAYAMP PCB SIGNAL, PACK GROUND MODULE 104.WAY DDlO! 22~WAY DDI 1 : 22.WAY MODULE-DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON GROUND GROUND DRIVER SEAT CONTROL DOOR CONTROL FC14: MODVLE 2.1f,00Hr REQUEST s 77 0 Connector Component BODY PROCESSOR GROUND DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description DD,O-l BA"ERY POWER SUPPLY 1 Inactive Active D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR / Pin PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Description IGNITION Active SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER GROUND B- LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHD=RHD=RH, GROUND B- BATTERY B+ B- SEAT CUSHION IHEATERI DRIVER SWITCHED GROUND POWER SUPPLY GROUND SUPPLY REQUEST (LOGIC, SW NEWQRK 2-1600Hz SCP XEWORK 2s1600H2 LHD LH !RHD RH, SEAT HEATER DRIVER SEAT CONTROL REOUEST GROUND iLED ON) B- IMOMENTARY, Inactive DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD Active EL DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY-REAR B- GROUND B+ GROUND DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY GROUND DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID Bt GROUND DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND 503-B DRIVER SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B7 GROUND SD39 DRlVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT B+ iMOMENTAR"i GROUND St%10 DRIVER SEATAFT B* iMOMENTARYi GROUND 1 MOVEMENT REQUEST REQUEST DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER RECIUES, B, (MOMENTARY, GROUND SD312 DRlVER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST Bt (MOMENTARY, GROUND SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR 503-14 503.15 INFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ ,MOMENTARY GROUND DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE B+ ,MOMENTARYi GROUND SD3-16 DRIVER SEATSQUAB FORE RECLINE B+ IMOMENTARY, GROUND REQUEST REQUEST SD5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SD5-2 POWER GROUND SD5-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SD5-4 DRIVER SEAT RAISE! LOWER MOTOR St55 BA"ERY SE-8 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ (FASTENED) SD5-9 SCP NETWORK 2- SD5~10 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ SEAT IDENTIFICATION symbols GROUND SUPPLY B+ GROUND SUPPLY B+ GROUND B+ B+ I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module SEAT CUSHION SD3,,9-WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER, SD4,26~WAYFORDIDC:BLACK SD5,lO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHlON SD19 i Z-WAY YELLOW SWTCH FC55, PACK1 X-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK SEAT MOTORS - DRIVER SD7 II G~WAY MULTILOCK SDB, BYWAY MULTILOCK SD9 / S-WAY MULTILOCK PACK DRl"ER DRlVER SEAT 070, SD,,, S-WAY MULTILOCK SD,, ,B-WAY 070, SEAT CUSHION CENTER YELLOW 070 i WHlTE 070 ;WHITE 070 iYELLOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT BACK BELOW SEAT CUSHlON 070 I GREY SEAT SQUAB MO.'BLACK DRIVER SEAT MULTILOCK BRACKET BLACK FORD IDC, BLACK SO14 I S-WAY MULTILOCK iHEATER) 040, CONNECTORS Connector Type / Color SD1 B-WAY MULTlLOCK Location 070, BELOW YELLOW / Access DRIVER SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FCBBR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT FCSI EYELET iPAlRi FCSR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT FCSL EYELET (PAlR) -LEFT FCGR EYELET (PAIRI CONTROL MODULE / Type -LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND RIGHT HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, TRANSMlSSiQN RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE SEAT SEAT SEAT SEAT (FOLD OUT PAGE) GROUND 1600 Hz AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent CONSOLE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS iDRIVER GROUND POWER SUPPLY NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following GROUND (CENTER / Access SIDE FASCIA.!AIRBAG BELOW ?-WAY PUMP-DRIVER SWTCH Description SWITCH Location PASSENGER BLACK SD20, SEAT LUMBAR SQUAB MODULE SD3-7 SK-1 SEAT HEATER I Type / Color FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECIGREY MODULE SEAT BELT SWITCH LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER SK-1 SD32 503-3 SK-5 SD36 BODY PROCESSOR B? IGNITION LED Connector Component GROUND LHD RH (RHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE Pin Inactive MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. 811 REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR 77 PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE COMPONENTS Pin Description FC14~15 IGNITION 0 FCi4~17 LHD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER 1 FC14-32 IGNITION I Active SWITCHED SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND STATE LED I FCl4~35 LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER FC14-69 LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAT"SLEDIRHD=RH) FCIS-90 BA1TERY S FC14-84 SCP NETWQRK S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK I FC14-86 LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER PASSENGER POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC) PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- SP3~3 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SP3-5 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR SP3-6 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID SP3-7 PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD SP3-B PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR SP3-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT SW10 PASSENGER SEATAFT SP3-11 PASSENGER SEATCUSHION SP3~12 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR ELEMENTS ?O~WAY FORD IDC GROUND *- GROUND B+ 81 B+ GROUND B+ GROUND B+ GROUND B+ ,MOMENTARY, GROUND PASSENGER PACK-PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS-TO-HARNESS GROUND Type I Color GROUND SPI B-WAY MULTILOCK HAND RIGHT B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND FCSS EYELET LEFT HAND REQUEST B- IMOMENTARY) GROUND B* IMOMENTARY) GROUND B+ IMOMENTARY GROUND GROUND GROUND SUPPLY SP5-a PASSENGER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY SP55 BA"ERY (DRIVER) GROUND BELOW SEAT CUSHION BELOW SEAT CUSHION CENTER SEAT BACK BYWAY MULTILOCK ~~-WAYMULT~LOCK~~~/BLACK 070! GREY BRACKET SEAT CUSHION 070 II YELLOW 070 : WHlTE 070 'WHITE 070 .'YELLOW AIRBAG BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT CUSHION SEAT SQUAB PASSENGER SEA, / Access PASSENGER SEAT / Type EYELET (SINGLE,, LOWER MOTOR SIDE FASCIA/ GROUNDS FCSS SEAT IDENTIFICATION YELLOW / Access PASSENGER BLACK SPll Location GROUND SEAT RAISE/ BLACK 1)BLACK 070, SP17 BELOW 070 'YELLOW Bi IMOMENTARYI REQUEST BLACK Location CONNECTORS Connector REQUEST REQUEST 040, SP7,6-WAY MULTILOCK SW, B-WAY MULTILOCK SP9 'B-WAY MULTILOCK REAR EDGE RAlSE REQUEST POWER GROUND CONTROL iPASSENGER, MODULE ISINGLE), LEG, HAND TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE SEAT SEAT PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) + GROUND NOT USED NOT USED POWER SUPPLY D C S (HEATER) i 2~WAY MULTILOCK SP14 I) BYWAY MULTILOCK INFLATE PASSENGER to PACK, SWITCH SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER B- SP5-2 Used CONSOLE B- (MOMENTARY1 FORWARD SP5~3 NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX (CENTER PUMP-PASSENGER Location FORE RECLINE DRIVER OR PASSENGER SWITCH EYELET (PA!!+) - RIGHT SEAT SQUAB connected FC55, SEAT LurdB.6 FCSBR PASSENGER NOTE: The values SEAT HEATER Ground SP3-16 comPonents B- GROUND DEFLATE CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. B- - PASSENGER GROUND AFT RECLINE are MULTILOCK SPX B+ iMOMENTARY, SEAT LUMBAR symbols J-WAY (NOT USED) B+ iMOMENTARY SEAT SQUAB The following SP19 REAR REQUEST PASSENGER I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground ,HEATERi WlRlNG REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST MOVEMENT PASSENGER SCP NETWORK FORD 2.8 TIMER FORD 2 8 TIMER SEAT CUSHION Inactive REQUEST SP3-15 NOT USED SP3 ' IS~WAY SP5, 10.WAY B- Active SUPPLY SK-14 SCP NETWORK MODULE-PASSENGER B- GROUND SNITCH SP3-2 SPi-10 SEAT CONTROL GROUND SQUAB SP3-1 SP5-9 SEAT BELT SWITCH MODULE Description SP5-8 B- GROUND Pin I Type I Color FC14,'104~WAYAMPEEEC!GREY GROUND iLED ONi 2 - ,600 Hz REQUEST MODVLE GROUND GROUND REQUEST Connector BODY PROCESSOR Z-iBOOHz SEAT CONTROL SP5-1 Component GROUND SUPPLY 0 Inactive B* AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK represent values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished listed are approximately and fitted. "Active" Module MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-17 LHDRHIRHDLHISEATHEATER STATE LED t FC14-32 lGNlTlON SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY FC14-35 LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST COMPONENTS Inactive Active GROUND *+ MODULE SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING GROUND GROUND SEATCONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER GROUND B+ iHEATER, GROUND iLED ONi FC14-69 LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHI GROUND B+ SEAT CUSHION I FC14-80 BAnERY !h B* SEAT HEATER S FCl4~84 SCP YEWORK FC,G-85 SCP NETWORK FC14-86 LHD LH lRHD RH! SEAT HEATER s rkQG,Ci 7/ Pin GROUND (MOMENTARY, SQUAB SEAT CONTROL Description PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR PASSENGER SEAT HEATER PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR ELEMENTS PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT PASSENGER SEATAFT PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE MOVEMENT INFLATE MOTOR SQLENOlD REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE PASSENGER SEATSQUAB FORE RECLINE Inactive Active b BT BBB+ B+ B+ SUPPLY PASSENGER PACK- 040, BLACK SP3,16-WAY SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BLACK SP19 I 3WAY MULTlLOCK F&55,20-WAY PACK1 070 i YELLOW SPll SEAT 070 ! WHlTE 070 i WHITE 070 /YELLOW MULTILOCK I,B-WAY 070, MULTILOCK GREY 040 i BLACK I Access SIDE FASCIA BELOW SEAT CUSHION BELOW SEAT CVSHION IAIRBAG BRACKET SEAT CUSHION CENTER FORD IDC: BLACK SP17 /B-WAY PASSENGER PASSENGER BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT CUSHION SEAT SQUAB PASSENGER SEAT REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST Type / Color BYWAY MULTILOCK GROUND B+ iMOMENTARYl GROUND Ground Location B- IMOMENTARY) GROUND FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT B+ (MOMENTARY, GROUND FCSS EYELET ISINGLE), RlGHT B+ iMOMENTARY) GROUND FCGS EYELET ,SlNGLEi, LEFT HAND B+ fMOMENTARY1 GROUND B- iMOMENTARY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+ SF58 NOT USED 5 SP59 SCP NEDVORK 2 s SP5~10 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ iDRl"ERi values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module SEAT CONTROL MODULE / Type HAND LEG, HAND TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE SEAT SEAT PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) iPASSENGER ,600 HZ AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent / Access PASSENGER GROUNDS GROUND GROUND NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX BELOW GROUND BATERY POWER SUPPLY Location 070;YELLOW GROUND POWER GROUND SEAT IDENTlFlCATiON CONNECTORS Connector SP5~5 D C S (HEATER: SP1 SPS-2 CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. SWITCH MULTILOCK SP? , B-WAY MULTTILOCK SP8, S-WAY MULTILOCK SP9, S-WAY MULTiLOCK GROUND I symbols CONSOLE GROUND I following iCENTER HARNESS-TO-HARNESS GROUND DRIVER OR PASSENGER I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground - PASSENGER *-WAY Location PASSENGER MODULE SF51 The SP20, USED1 2s1600HZ REQUEST SWlTCH PASSENGER SWITCH ,NOT SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER 2- 1600 Hz / Type / Color FC14,10I~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY BODY PROCESSOR 0 POWER SUPPLY Connector Component MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (7 Pin Description TRUNK COMPONENTS LATCH RELEASE IGNITION REQUEST SWITCHED GROUND FUEL FLAP RELEASE REQUEST IGNITION SWITCHED IGNITION GROUND GROUND SUPPLY GROUND !MOMENTARY, GROUND GROUND SUPPLY IMOMENTARY) GROUND GROVND iMOMENTARY, GROUND iR.N.D.4.3.2~ KEY IN ,GNlTlON GROUND !KEY IN) DOOR LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND IPULSE) (LOGIC] DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR CONTROL MODULE Pin SW NETWORK 2-1600Hr Description POWER SUPPLY DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK -PASSENGER OP3! IS~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR I_DOOR CASING DP3 Is-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR I_DOOR CASING ECONOSEAL 111iC j BLACK DRIVER DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING 0011~4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL EXTERIOR 1 DDll-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL I DO?,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER Pin DOOR CONTROL UNLOCK WINDOW REQUEST DP,O-1 BA"ERY DP10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK 0 DPIO-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK S DPIO-9 POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK GROUND GROUND GROUND 1500 Hz DROP REQUEST B+ DOOR SWITCH SOLENO, GROUND POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK I BT41-5 TRUNK BT4,-7 PASSENGER I BT41-19 DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR I RHZO-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA I RH20-* KEY FOB ANTENNA SWITCH LOCK STATUS LOCK STATUS SHIELD NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S SWITCH values for Control Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" GEAR SELECTOR ,O~WAY AMP MQL: BT43! Z-WAY LABINAL NATURAL ELECTRICAL FASCIA i DRIVER SIDE I BROWN TRUNK, 1.6, BLACK TRUNK AMP MQL, BLACK ASSEMBLY TRUNK, DRIVER LEFT "AND CARRIER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER RELAYS Relay RELAY Color / Stripe Connector BLACK, FCZ, VIOLET / Color Location VIOLET RH FASCIA / Access RELAYS CONNECTORS Location YELLOW / Access CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE AC.14 14.WAY MULTILOCK 0111, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE AC15 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, BIGHT SIDE BT, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHTHAND REAR WHEELARCH BTZ *@WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT REAR WHEEL DD, 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE 'fl POST MOUNTlNG DP, Z-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER IC4 4-WAY RH2 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, MULTILOCK WHITE 070, FASCIA BOTTOM TRUNK, WHITE Inactive Ground Location BTlAL EYELET iPAIR LEFT HAND GROUND BTlAR EYELET iPAw - RIGHT HAND FC2AR EYELET iPAIR, - RIGHT GROUND GROUND FC2BL EYELET iPAIR1 - LEFT HAND GROUND GROUND FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND B+ B+ FC3BL EYELET iPAiR, LEFT HAND FC3BR EYELET iPAIR - RIGHT HAND FC4AR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND SIDE 'w POST, LEFT OF ANTENNA REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE HAND ARCH BRACKETI'A' POSTTRlM 'A' POST TRIM ASSEMBLY AsSEMBLY J Type B+ FWBL EYELET iPAiR GROUND ,LOCKEDI B+ FC4BR EYELET IPAIR GROUND (LOCKED) B- RHBS EYELET ISINGLE) CONTROL AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network COLUMN TOP OF BACKLIGHT 070 i WHITE FC41, FC67,10-WAY GROUND GROUND are used to represent CONNECTOR MULTILOCK BT46 i Z-WAY AUGAT Active *+ B+ 2s1600Hi GROUND DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR STEERING TOP OF BACKLIGHT B+ 2-1600Hr / SWlTCH SOLENOID DOOR I DOOR CASING FUEL FILL GROUNDS GROUND symbols (DOOR OPEN] MODULE SCP NETWORK The following GROUND GROUND FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOlD I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground GROUND J-WAY DOOR CASING DOOR i DOOR CASiNG TRUNK, 070 /WHITE DOOR! DOOR I DOOR CASING PASSENGER NATURAL ST40 / IS-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BT4i ! Z&WAY FORD IDC, BLACK RH?O/ COAXIAL CONNECTOR 070, GROUND BATTERY MODUL 20 WAY MULTILOCK 2 - 1500 HZ RELEASE CONTROL AC13 POWER GROUND TRUNK AND LOCKING Type / Color SCP NETWORK CONTROL SECURITY FC87! Connector DP10-16 SECURITY AND LOCKING D Pin Description RH7 : COWlAL MICROSWITCH Inactive B+ DP10-17 WINDOW iCOUPE NOT-IN-PARK LABINAL: MULTILOCK KEY FOB ANTENNA DOOR LOCKING GROUND Z-WAY HARD WIRED B- Active *+ B+ B+ 111LC I BLACK FC4 '*-WAY GROUND *- DOOR HANDLE SWlTCH) GROUND IDOOR OPEN1 111LC j BLACK ECONOSEAL iCON"ERTlBLE, B+ IMOMENTARY) I PASSENGER (KEY-IN VALET GROUND ECONOSEAL OP3,13-WAY KEY FOB ANTENNA 1600 Hz S EXTERIOR SWITCH BLUE BLACK DD3 I13WAY ICZ4, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS I DPIO-8 PASSENGER SWITCH MODULE Description 0 I -DRIVER TRUNK *+ LOCK REQUEST DD3,13-WAY GROUND B+ (MOMENTARY, DROP REQUEST - DRIVER 1600 HZ GROUND DDll-5 - PASSENGER RELEASE 2 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR AND FUEL FILL RELEASE POWER GROUND FORD 2 8 TIMER: FORD 2.8 TIMER: BRACKET DOOR CASlNG DRIVER TRUNK SCP NETWORK DOOR, 111LC : BLACK TRUNK *- DRIVER ECONOSEAL GROUND SCP NETWORK I Inactive *+ FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK OD3 1)13.WAY GROUND GROUND I 0 DDlo I 22~WAY DD11 ! Z-WAY FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID LOGIC GROUND DOOR HANDLE - DRIVER / Access SlDE FASCIA!AIRBAG DPlO I 22.WAY DP11 22.WAY DOOR SWITCH Active B+ BT B- Location PASSENGER - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES MODULE I Type / Color 104WAYAMPEEEC.'GREY DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH 2 - 1600 HZ BATTERY FC14, DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR lGNlTlON 7 MODULE DOOR LOCK SWlTCH B+ SCP NETWORK DRIVER DOOR CONTROL Connector BODY PROCESSOR GROUND NOT-IN-PARK POWER SUPPLY Component B+ GROUND SUPPLY VALET SWlTCH EATERY Inactive B+ Active MODULE HAND HAND LEFT HAND -RIGHT HAND LEG /ADJACENT TO BATTERY LEG 1 ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, To BATTERY RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT 'A' POST 'N POST HAND 'A' POST IEG /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND 1 ROOF. ADJACENTTO TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE 'N POST '& POST 'A' POST BACKLIGHT PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all those that can be expected means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive B+ B+ Active Location / Access PASSENGER SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKE? ENGINE COMPARTMENT: LEFTFRONT Component BODYPROCESSOR MODULE FUSEBOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS Color / Stripe BLACK BLACK Relay WiPER RUNlISTOPRELAY WlPER FAST/SLOWRELAY POWERWASH RELAY 1#4, BROWN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF3 LFI LF60 Connector / Color LF48I BLACK WE: BLACK BUS Location / Access LHENCLOSURE RELAYS LHENCLOSURE RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSEBOX CONNECTORS Type I Color 3%WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070,GREY IO-WAYMULTlLOCK 070,WHITE Location / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHANDENCLOSVRE LEFTHPLUD X' POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,'K POSTTRIM LEFTHAND'N POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,'K POSTTRIM GROUNDS CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description S FClG4 SCPNETWORK s FC14~85 SCPNHWORK DRIVER DOOR CONTROL Inactive BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GROUND SECURITY LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND 2-1600HZ PACK LH WlNDOW DOWY REOUEST GROUYD LIFT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2"="P:12"=DOWN DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR FEEDBACK Z"="P;1Z"=DOWN DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR DRl"ER LIFT MOTOR WlNDOW REFERENCE VOLTAGE UP SUPPLY B- B- GROUND GROUND GROUND UP REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYi GROUND DRl"ER PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) GROUND UNLOCK PACK RH WINDOW DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL REOVEST DOWN REOUEST LOCK REOVEST DDlO : Pl~WAY DD, ,,2ZWAY PASSENGER DPlO, 22.WAY DP, 1 2%WAY DRIVER PACK AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER w,NDOW LIFT - DRIVER DD16 'S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR VANDOW LIFT- DP,S ECONOSEAL III LC I BLACK DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Location Type / Color Connector PACK DOOR SWITCH PACK / Access FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET RIGHT HAND SIDE BO"OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE GROUND FASC,A *+ ,MOMENTAW GROUND LEFT HAND'K POSTCONNECTOR B+ (MOMENTARYI GROUND TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH Inactive RlGHT MOUNTING S,DE 'A' POST MOUNTING CONVERTlBLE GROUND EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG i RIGHT FC4AR EYELET (PA,R, HAND LEG, LIFT MOTOR DOWN SVPPLY I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND S DP,O-9 SCP NETWORK Z-1BoOHr I DPlO~lO PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOW,, , DP,O-1, PASSENGER WlNDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR I DPlO-12 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 DP10-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LiFT MOVEMENT SENSOR REFERENCE WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR HAND BRACKET:'N BRACKET!'K POSTTRIM POST TRIM SIDE 'N POST,'A'POSTTRlM TOP SWiTCH 'K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY BRACKET :'R POST TRIM REOUEST 2"="P;12"=DOWN CONTROL 2"="P,12"=DOWN VOLTAGE UP SUPPLY / Type RlGHT HAND LEFT HAND 'A' POST 'N POST GROUND B- iMOMENTARY, FEEDBACK Location B+ B+ B+ GROUND MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) + 2 - ,600 HZ SWITCH AND LOCKING PACK RH WlNDOW CONTROL VP REQUEST GROUND GROUND B+ iMOMENTARYi GROUND Inactive MODULE Pin Description Active S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK *- s BTU-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1500 HI NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX D C S 1600 HZ AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK are used to represent CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. e-WAY CARRIER CONNECTORS Ground FC2AR WINDOW I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground ELECTRICAL DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND symbols TRUNK, BLACK B+ The following 16.WAY FORD 2 BTIMER, BLACK 26-W!," FORD IDC 'BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR BLACK PASSENGER SECURITY BT40 BT4, RH20 FASCIA BLACK BLACK 040 DPIO~, PASSENGER aW,dAYAMP PCB SIGNAL 24 WAY AMP PCS SlGNAL 040, GROUNDS POWER GROUND FC2S FCX MULTILOCK B+ DP10~18 DOOR CASING MULTlLOCK Inactive DP10-I7 111LC 'BLACK ?&WAY BA I DOOR, DRIVER DOOR 1 DOOR CASlNG IS-WAY *o-WAY Active , PASSENGER ,' BLUE : BLACK BRACKET MODULE POWER SUPPLY PASSENGER FORD 2 8 TIMER FORD 2 8 TIMER ECONOSEAL AIRBAG DOOR CASING DP17 - DRIVER DOOR Description SCP NETWORK DRIVER DOOR: DD17 LIFT SWlTCHES BATTERY DP10~15 SIDE FASCIA, VANDOW LIFT SWlTCHES PASSENGER DOOR ,PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK, Pin DP,O-1 DP10-16 I Access PASSENGER B+ IMOMENTARY) Active 2- ,500HZ 2- 1600HZ DOOR CONTROL S Location GREY FORD 2 8 TIMER I BLUE FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK PASSENGER SCP NETWORK 0 / Color DD3: DR,"ER MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description s FCE-19 SCP NETWORK v DRIVER EEEC, 2- ,600 HZ PACK LH WINDOW DRIVER SWITCH 0 B- DRIVER SWITCH SWlTCH INSTRUMENT w,NDOW h4OMEUTARYI DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL I MODULE- Inactive B+ POWER GROUND 0 DOOR CONTROL Active B* B. SCP NETWORK PASSENGER MODULE Description BeTTERY POWER SUPPLY WINDOW LIFTMOTOR DOWNSUPPLY DRIVER SWITCH FCX-20 DOOR CONTROL MAJOR FC14 I104WAYAMP MODULE DOOR LOCK SWITCHES- SCP NETWORK S Connector/Type Component values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module MESSAGES. Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage [DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description CONVERTIBLE COMPONENTS Active TOP RAISE REQUEST GROUW (MOMENTARY) lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND Inactive Component B- BODY PROCESSOR GROUND CONVERTlBLE TOP CLOSED GROUND CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH GROUND CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED TOP READY TO LATCH GROUND B- CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED GROUND ,CLOSED, B- CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER REGUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY, B- CONVERTiBLE TOP READY~TO-LATCH GROUND Bt CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH B+ *7 DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR CONTROL MODULE BAnERY GLASS DOWN POWER SUPPLY RELAYS ACT,"ATE iLOGiC\ SCP NEnniORK *- CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED REAR OUmTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE ,600 Hz GROUND B- GROUND BL LATCH MAIN DRIVER DOOR CONTROL S SCP NETWORK S DDlO~,S SCP NETWORK MAJOR ;J Description S FC25-19 SW NETWORK S FCZS-20 SCP NETWORK PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL Pin DP10.9 SCP NETWORK S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK c x*5-24 CAN NETWORK C FCZ5~47 CAN NETWORK SECURITY AND LOCKING 77 SWlTCH Active *-1600Hr 2- ,600HZ Inactive Active *- 1600HZ 2 ,600Hz Inactive BT15 I ?-WAY AMP: RH2Bi3~WAY MULTILOCK RF4,6-WAY SWITCH -DRIVER 070, VALVE TRUNK NATURAL HAND OPERATING II RlGHT RIGHT HAND 070 !WH,TE HAND SIDE OPERATING FORWARD DDIO / 22.WAY DD1 I ! 22.WAY DRIVER ,'BL"E I/ BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING DOOR /DOOR CASING i BLACK BT53 : P-WAY D & RI BLUE TRUNK/CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP BT54 I2~WAY D & R, ORANGE TRUNK, TOP PUMP AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL CONVERTIBLE FASCIA BLACK i BLACK LIGHT LIFT - LH RH33,2-WAYECONOSEAL,IIHC,BLACK REAR OUARTER PANEL OUARTER LIGHT LIFT - RH RH34 !2-WAY REAR QUARTER PANEL SECURITY AND LOCKING ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK TRUNK/ELECTRICAL BT40 I16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT41, Z-WAY FORD IDC , BLACK RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR MODULE CYLINDER OF GEAR SELECTOR DOOR, QUARTER CONTROL CYLINDER TOP OF WINDSHIELD 070 /WHITE FORD 2.8 TIMER FORD 2.8 TIMER BRACKET TOP OF WINDSHIELD FCSZ, ,O~WAY AMP MOL (I BLACK FC25 148.WAY FC26 ! 24.WAY PACK RIGHT WHITE 070 1 WHiTE MULTILOCK AlRBAG TOP OF WiNDSHiELD WHITE DP10,22-WAYFORD28TiMER/BLUE DP11 II 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER PASSENGER VALVE INSTRUMENT MULTILOCK SlDE FASClA! CARRIER PACK Pin v s MAJOR MODULE Description INSTRUMENT CONTROL CONTROL , SWAY RF4 i B-WAY MULTILOCK SWITCH *-1600HZ SCP SETWORK Pin DD,O-9 RHE 070, / Access PASSENGER AMP EEEC I GREY RF4 I S-WAY MULTILOCK SWITCH Location 1 Type 1 Color FCl4,104-WAY CONVERTIBLE REAR OUARTER 7 Connector MODULE MODULE Inactive MODULE Pin Description 0 BT40~3 TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND 0 BT40-4 LATCH CONTROL B2 GROUND I BT40-6 BATTERY B+ BA S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK 0 BT40-9 MAIN 0 BT40-10 TOP DOWN I BT40-13 GROUND I BT40-14 s 1 Inactive Active VALVE POWER SUPPLY 2-1600Hr VALVE B+ GROUND RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND BT016 SCP NETWORK 2- BT41-3 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWlTCH NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX / Color 1 Access Connector DOWN RELAY LH BLACK (VIOLET1 BT74, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS QUARTER DOWN RELAY - RH BLACK ,"iOLETl BT76, "lOLET TRUNK RELAYS OUARTER UP RELAY- LH BLACK ("lOLET, BT74, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS OUARTER UP RELAY- RH BLACK (VIOLET1 BT76, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS TOP UP RELAY BLACK BT16, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS TOP DOWN BLACK BT17, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS RELAY HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONTROL Location Color / Stripe QUARTER Relay Description CONTROL RELAYS CONNECTORS Location Connector Type I Color AC14 14.WAY MULTiiOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BT, 2OWb.Y MULTLOCK 070, WHlTE TRUNK, 070, YELLOW TRUNKIABOVE I Access BO"OM CONNECTOR ABOVE MOUNTING HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT3 1%WAY MULTILOCK DDI 23WAY P.MP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE 'A' POST MOUNTlNG DPI 23-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE 'A' POSTI'N RIGHT 'A' POST CONNECTOR RF, 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070, RH2 20-WAY MULTKOCK 070 /WHITE RHS 3-wAY MuLmoc~ 070 RH6 S-WAY MULTILOCK RH12 11.WAY MULTiLOCK YELLOW HAND REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE /WHITE BEHIND LEFT HAND 070 /WHITE BEHIND RIGHT HAND REAR OF CENTER 070 /YELLOW BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE 'A' POST TRIM POSTTRIM MOUNTING BRACKET/,X POST TRiM ASSEMBLY QUARTER TRlM QUARTER CONSOLE BRACKET, RIGHT PANEL TRlM PANEL ASSEMBLY ,600 HZ B+ GROUND AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. GROUNDS Ground Location BTIAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND BTlAR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND BT, BL EYELET (PAIR) BTIBR EYELET ,PAlRi BTZBL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) RHIS EYELET (SINGLE), CONTROL MODULE I Type LEFT HAND - RiGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT LEG, ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, TO BAnERY ADJACENT TO BATTERY ADJACENTTO BATTERY ADJACENTTO LEG /TRUNK, BA,TERY RIGHT REAR LEG /TRANSMISSION HAND TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SlDE REAR OUARTER PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) + The following I 0 SC symbols are used to represent Input output Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description c FCE-24 CANNETWORK c FC254.7 CANNETWORK 0 FC26-20 COMPONENTS Inactive Active 1% 1500HZ 15%1500H2 VEHICLE SPEED Location / Access TRUNK,RIGHTHANDSIDE TRUNKIIRIGHTHANOSIDE DR,"ERDOORCASING PASSENGER DOORCASING FASCIA 22HIQ 10MPH,16KM'H,,44HZQ 20MPH132KM/HI@Ei NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector CONNECTORS Type / Color GROUNDS Location / Type EYELET IPAIR,-LEFTHANDLEG,ADJACENT TOBATTERY EYELET iSINGLE,,ABOVE RlGHTHANDSlDEOFTRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL EYELET (PAIR- LEFTHANDLEG,TRANSMiSSlON TVNNEL. LEFTHANDSIDE Ground ETlAL CE2 FCJEL CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module to aid the PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz user MODULE in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK J Pin Description c FC25-24 CANNETWORK c FC25-$7 CANNETWORK 0 FC26~20 COMPONENTS Inactive Active 15-15OOHi 15- ,500Hz VEHICLE SPEED 22Hz@10MPH116KMiHJ; 44HZ@20MPH132KM:HI@ET NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK Location / Access TRUNK!RIGHTHANDSIDE Component ANTENNA MOTOR CDAUTO~CHANGER Connector I Type I Color ET,9, B-WAY YAZAK,c s " /WHITE IC7, CD DATA CONNECTOR TRUNK i RIGHT FULL RANGE SPEAKER DD19 /?-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDKi BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING FULL RANGE SPEAKER- DP19 /*-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK PASSENGER MAJOR ,NSTRUMENT RADIO CASSETrE - DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR FC25, .a*-WAY FC26 i 24.WAY PACK MESSAGES. HEAD UNIT RADIO NUENNA RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES RADIO TELEPHONE (STEERING CONSOLE IC12, TRUNK! RIGHT RTZO: CONNECTOR FULL RANGE SPEAKER - DRIVER SIDE REAR OUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER PASSENGER SiDE DOOR CASlNG CENTER COAXIAL CONNECTOR IO-WAY I SLACK STEERING AND WHITE MULTILOCK 070, SIDE FASCIA BLACK I BLACK 1C8 / COAXlAL CONNECTOR ICI0 !2O~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070 'WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IC14 i POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR SW4:3-WAYEPC WHEEL1 REAR OVARTER HARNESS-TO-HARNESS AMP PC6 SlGNAL, AMP PCE SIGNAL HAND HAND REAR OF CENTER YELLOW SIDE WHEEL CONSOLE ASSEMBLb RI431 /Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL RH30 i Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK: BLACK INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL CONNECTORS Location / Access Connector Type I Color AC14 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, ET1 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE DD, 23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER DP1 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER ICI PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC2 14~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX RHI *o-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY BEHIND GLOVE SC3 1%WAY M"LTlLDCK070,GREY SW1 12~WA.y MULTILOCK SW2 6-WAY 040, FASCIA GREY BOTTOM CONNECTOR TRUNK/ABOVE BLACK MOUNTING HAND REAR WHEEL SIDE 'N POST MOUNTING SIDE 'A' POST, BRACKET: RIGHT HAND SIDE ARCH BRACKETj'R POSTTRiM 'A' POST TRIM BOX RIGHT HAND INSIDE STEERING CENTER JST i WHITE RIGHT SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN OF STEERING COLUMN COWL WHEEL GROUNDS Ground FCSEL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND CE2 EYELET ,S,NGLEI, BTIAL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Location MODULE / Type ABOVE LEG, RlGHT TRANSMISSION HAND TUNNEL, SIDE OF TRANSMISSION LEG /ADJACENTTO PIN OUT INFORMATION LEFT HAND SIDE TUNNEL BATTERY (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description C FC25~24 CAN NETWORK C FCZ5-47 0 FC7.6~20 COMPONENTS Inactive Active CAN NETWORK Component ANTENNA MOTOR Connector 1551500HZ 1% CD AVTD~CHANGER IC7 ,500 HZ MAJOR VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ ,O MPH 116 KMW. NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK 44 Hz Q 20 MPH 132 KM/HI INSTRUMENT @ Bi MESSAGES. MID-BASS SPEAKER MID-BASS SPEAKER - DRl"ER HEAD UNIT SWITCHES RADIO TELEPHONE REAR OUARTER REAR WARTER REAR QUARTER (STEERING Z-WAY SPEAKER MID~RANGE MID-RANGE SPEAKER SPEAKER MID-RANGE SPEAKER (CONVERTIBLE, ICOUPE, - DRi"ER UJNVERTlBLE, ICOUPE) - PASSENGER (CONVERTIBLEI - DRIVER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER iCDN"ERTlBLEi - PASSENGER REAR SUB-WOOFER iCO"PEi (FASCIA1 - DRIVER SIDE SWAWKER iFASCIA PASSENGER TWEETER - DRIVER TWEETER - PASSENGER SIDE PASSENGER REAR SVB-WOOFER SOUAWKER - DRIVER SIDE SIDE SlDE SIDE DOOR HARNESS-TO-HARNESS SIDE MDK' PASSENGER BLACK DOOR CENTER CONSOLE ICtZ, TRUNK, RIGHT HAND MULTILOCK MULTILOCK COAXIAL 070 'WHITE 070 'WHITE CONNECTOR EPC, BLACK MULTlLOCK RH31 ,'Z~WAY GRDTE RH24: MULTlLDCK 3.WAY RH30 I Z-WAY STEERING AND WHITE O-WAY MULTILOCK RHZS K-WAY GRDTE 070, SIDE WHEEL CONSOLE ASSEMBLY REAR WARTER PANEL ,NTERlOR REAR QUARTER PANEL INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL MDK i BLACK ,NTER,OR REAR OUARTER P.wEL MDK, BLACK ,NTERlOR REAR QVARTER PANEL REAR QUARTER PANEL MDKi BLACK GREY AND HARTMAN SIDE lNTERlOR GREY AND HARTMAN HAND REAR OF CENTER 070 II YELLOW 070, P-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN RHZSIZ~WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK INTERIOR RHZG,Z-WAY RHZ7, Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK: MDK, BLACK BLACK PARCEL SHELF EC39 i P-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE FC38! Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 II GREY FASCIA, PASSENGER DD18, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLKK DRIVER DOOR MVLTILOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DP18,2-WAY DOOR HAND ,ca: COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCl0, 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 WHITE ICI3 'COAXIAL CONNECTOR ICI4 z POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR RH27, SIDE SIDE RIGHT RlGHT RT20,1 CONNECTOR MID-RANGE HAND TRUNKi DRIVER DOOR MDK 'BLACK AND HARTMAN RIGHT FASCIA i BLACK ! BLACK GROTE AND HARTMAN I Access TRUNK/ TRUNK, SW4 'S~WAY WHEEL) ,WHITE AMP PCB SIGNAL AMP PCB SlGNAL DP19 12 WAY GRDTE DOOR RADIO ANTENNA RADIO CONTROL C S." CONNECTOR ICI7 / 12~WAY ICI8 1%WAY CASSETTE REAR QUARTER CD DATA DD19 DOOR PASSENGER POWER AMPLIFIER RADIO YAZAKI FC25! 48.WAY FC26 i24-WAY PACK Location / Type / Color BT19 /B-WAY SIDE DOOR CONNECTORS Location I Access Connector Type / Color AC14 14.WAY M"LT,LOCK 070, GREY FASCIA BOTTOM BT, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WWTE TRUNK, ABOVE DDI 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE 'A' POST MOUNTING DP, 23-W!," AMP BLACK PASSENGER FORD, CONNECTOR RlGHT MOUNTlNG HAND REAR WHEEL BRACKET, IC1 20 WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX 14.WAY 070, BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC4 4-WAY WHITE TRUNK i LEFT OF ANTENNA RHI ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY BEHlND SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY RIGHT SW, 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE SW2 B-WAY JST, MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER WHiTE GLOVE HAND RIGHT HAND SIDE ARCH 'X POSTTRIM SIDE 'N POST,'A'POSTTTRlM IC2 M"LT,LOCK BRACKET, ASSEMBLY BOX SIDE OF STEERING STEERING COLUMN OF STEERING COLUMN COWL WHEEL GROUNDS Ground Location BTl AL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND BTlCS EYELET (SINGLE1 /ADJACENT CE2 EYELET iSINGLE,, ABOVE FCSBL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND CONTROL MODULE I Type LEG /ADJACENT TO BATTERY TO BATTERY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION LEG /TRANSMISSION PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL. TUNNEL LEFT HAND SlDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) + The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS. COMPONENTS Component Connector HANDSET RT4 /TELEPHONE, MICROPHONE RF9 /Z-WAY PROPRIETARY MVLTlLOCK 040, CENTER ANTENNA RT7, TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT2 /TELEPHONE! RE, TELEPHONE: / Access CONSOLE ROOF CONSOLE BLUE TRUNK TELEPHONE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Location I Type I Color COAXIAL CENTER PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY II RIGHT HAND SIDE CONSOLE CONNECTORS Connector RF, Type I Color RT3 TELEPHONE, RT6 TELEPHONE RTZO IO-WAY 18~WAY MULTILOCK Location 0X7! YELLOW PROPRIETARY /PROPRIETARY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RIGHT HAND / Access 'A' POST CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE CENTER CONSOLE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE MOUNTING BRACKET "A' POSTTRIM ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Location I Type Ground FCZCS EYELET (SINGLEI, RIGHT HAND FC4CS EYELET ISINGLE,, LEFT HAND 'A' POST 'K POST REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION AIRBAG I SRS CONTROL ';7 I MODULE COMPONENTS Pin FC29.4 Description GROUND 0 FC29.5 MAJOR D FC29.6 SERIAL COMMUNiCATlDN I FCZ9.7 IGNITION I FCZ9-8 LH IMPACTSENSOR I FC29-9 RH IMPACTSENSOR GROUND GROUND ,NO FAULT, I FC29-71 LH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND ISHORTED, B* I FCZ9~12 RH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED) Bi INSTRUMENT PACK AIRBAG SWITCHED MIL POWER SUPPLY GROUND Active Inactive Component GROUND GROUND ARBAG -DRIVER GROUND B- AiRBAG -PASSENGER AIRBAG INTERROGATlON GROUND BA SUPPLY STATUS SUPPLY DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY BA (SHORTED DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND GROUND iSHORTED IMPACT GROUND iSHORTED lMPACTSENSORi SUPPLY SIDE AlRBAG GROUND PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY FUSED SUPPLY DEPLOYMENT SUPPLY B- ,SHORTED INTERRUPT BATERY COMMON AIRBAG COMMON AIRBAG CODE RETRIEVAL GROUND POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND PULSED SK SAFING SAFlNG (FAULT OPEN CIRCUIT SENSOR, OPEN CIRCUIT SENSOR, OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN CIRCUIT SENSOR BT iN0 PRESENT, SUPPLY OUTPUT FAULT, GROUND WORTED IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT GROUND iSHORTED IMPACT SENSORI OPEN CIRCUIT GROUND IPVLSED, B+ GROUND GROUND are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S values for Control Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. "Active" FC40 !bWAY CONNECTOR FC29 : 12.WAY FC30,12-WAY MODULE MULTILOCK LEFT HAND 070 /WHITE FORD CARD 1 BLACK FORD CARD 1 GREY I Access OF STEERING WHEEL SIDE OF AIRBAG RIGHT HAND'A'POST:'N RIGHT HAND ASSEMBLY POSTTRIM 'A' POST,'K POSTTRIM IMPACT SENSOR - RH LF51 I&WAY FORD CARD, NATURAL FRONT UPPER moss MEMBER I FowwARD OF RADIATOR iMPACT SENSOR LH LF50 'd-WAY FORD CARD. NATUFtAL FRONT UPPER CROSS MEMBER I FORWARD OF RADIATOR HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS Connector LF2 Type I Color Location B-WAY FORD CARD I BLACK LEFT HAND SW?0 Z-WAY INSlDE EPC BLACK / Access '!4 POST CONNECTOR STEERING COLUMN MO"NTlNG BRACKET I 'A' POST TRlM COWL GROUNDS Ground Location FClS EYELET CONTROL symbols CENTER RX74 i S-WAY EPC i BLACK SIDE CONTROL Location I Type I Color EPC , BLACK B- B, SUPPLY GROUND The following SW, 1, S-WAY WHEEL) 0 v (NO FAULTj STATUS PASSENGER NRBAG, Connector SIDE (STEERING MODULE / Type iSINGLE lTRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, PIN OUT INFORMATION RIGHT HAND SIDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC14~4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY 0 FC14-70 HORNRELAYACTIVATE 1 FC14.80 EATERY POWER SUPPLY ,LDGICI COMPONENTS Inactive B+ B* B+ Active B+ GROUND iHORNSOUNDING, B+ Connector Component BODY PROCESSOR FC14, MODULE ACCESSORY FUSE BOX - ENGINE EEEC, CONNECTOR FC51 , Z-WAY AMP SERIES COMPARTMENT LB, LF6, iF7 I LF8, LF70, FUSE BOX-TRUNK GARAGE IO-WAY IO-WAY 10.WAY IO-WAY EYELET BTiO, 10.WAY ST1 t ,10-WAY ST??, ?&WAY BT13,10-WAY BT64, EYELET DOOR OPENER HORN SWITCHES PASSENGER GREY FORWARD V T.A. V T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. HP,, HP2, HP3, WHEEL) ENGINE COMPARTMENT, TRUNK, ELECTRICAL HAND SIDE OF GLOVE BOX LEFT FRONT CARRlER GREY CENTER I-WAY BLADE I-WAY BLADE EYELET HORN - RH LF14, LUCAR LF15,LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE BT25, RIGHT ROOF CONSOLE 070, RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE CONNECTOR FASCIA/ADJACENT-t0 NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE BRACKET OF GEAR SELECTOR BLACK FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, LFlG,LUCAR LF17, LUCAR ACCESSORY / Access SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE 250, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, RFll IHYBRIDIWHITE RF70 , B-WAY MULTILOCK iROOF CONSOLEi iSTEERING ".T.A ".T A U.T A. U T A HORN - LH TRUNK Location / Type / Color AMP FC42,2-WAY AMP, BLACK FC59, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE CIGAR LIGHTER FASClA IOCWAY X-WAY AMP SERlES 250 PIN, WHEEL FRONT BUMPER, REAR FRONT BUMPER, REAR TRUNK, BLACK OF STEERING ADiACENT TO BATTERY RELAYS Relay HORNRELAY (#%?I ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY i#61 HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector Connector BROWN BUS ENGINE BROWN BUS TRUNK I Color / Access COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX FUSE BOX CONNECTORS Location Type / Color I-WAY Location Color / Stripe ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK TRVNK I Access /ABOVE RIGHT HAND ?O-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE LEFT HAND'A'PDST II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW RIGHT 2-WAY ECONDSEAL II/ HC, BLACK REAR OF CENTER HAND MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW ADJACENTTO 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY RIGHT HAND I2-WAY bl"LTlLOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING e-WAY JST , WHlTE CONSOLE STEERING CDLVMN MOUNTING BRACKET,%' BRACKETI'A' POSTTRiM POSTTRlM ASSEMBLY COLVMN SIDE OF STEERING OF STEERWiG ARCH MOUNTlNG 'K POST CONNECTOR 1%WAY CENTER REAR WHEEL CONNECTOR MOTOR COLUMN COWL WHEEL GROUNDS Ground Location BTZBR EYELET ,PAIR, - RIGHT FCZBL EYELET IPAIR, - LEFT HAND FC28R EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT FCBBL EYELET iPAIR FC3BR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT FUEL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND FClBR EYELET (PAIR, -RIGHT LFIAL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LFZBR EYELET (PAIR1 - RIGHT CONTROL MODULE / Type HAND HAND - LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, IEG, TRUNK, RlGHT RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND LEFT HAND PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SiDE LEFT HAND SlDE 'A' POST RIGHT HAND ENGINE 'A' POST TUNNEL. LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, REAR '4' POST 'K POST HEADLAMP COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH (FOLD OUT PAGE) +I The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module Pin Out data: communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" Components values for Control B+ V Hz to aid the user in understanding those that can be expected means a load is applied at or the a switch control is ON; KHz MS MV Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. module "Inactive" Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION connector pins means a load with is not all circuit applied SHOULD BE USED FOR connections or a switch made and all is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998 OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. COMPONENTS Component Connector ABS /TRACTION ADAPTIVE CONTROL DAMPING AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIRBAG CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL I SRS CONTROL BODY PROCESSOR MODULE MODVLE MODULE AMP HYBR,D! BT69 : 35WAY AMP, AC1 , ZS-WAY AC*, 16.WAY AC3 ' 12.WAY AC4 '*z-WAY MODULE MODULE DATA LINK CONNECTOR Location I Type I Color LF37 : 2I~WAY SLACK ENGINE TRUNK/ADJACENT BLACK MULTILOCK MVLTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK 47 47 47 47 A,C UNIT, 1 GREY i GREY / GREY : GREY FCZS / 12~WAY FORD CARD / BLACK FC30 12.WAY FORD CARD 'GREY RIGHT FC14 PASSENGER 1WWAY AMP EEEC I GREY FC53 ' 1B-WAY AMP OBD2 / BLACK HAND - DRIVER DDlO / 22~WAY DD11 : 22~WAY FORD 2 ITIMER; FORD 2.8 TlMER BLUE BLACK DRIVER - PASSEWGER DPlO i 22.WAY DPI 1 / 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE BLACK PASSENGER GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON KEYTRANSPONDER MAJOR PACK SEAT CONTROL MODULE SEAT CONTROL MODULE SECURITY MODULE MODULE lNSTRUMENT -DRIVER AND LOCKING ENGINE EMlO I ZB-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, GREY EMll !1B-WAYM"LTILOCKOnO,GREY EM12, Z-WAY M"LTlLOCK040iGREY EM13:34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM14!12-WAYM"LTlLOCK47:WH,TE EM75! 22~WAY MULTlLOCK 47 , WHlTE MULTlLOCK 070iWHlTE FRONT FC22;20-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, ADJACENTTO FC25,48-WAY FCZB I WWAY AMP PC8 SIGNAL, m4P PCB SlGNAL, SIDE FASCIA 'AIRBAG DOOR CASING CONTROL OF GEAR SELECTOR FASCIA BLACK BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION BELOW SEAT CUSHION - PASSENGER SP3i1.5WAY SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, BT40,16-WAYFORD 2 BT,MER,BLACK BT41,26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL CONTROL MODULE AJ'X N/A EM,, CONTROL MODULE: AJX SC EM72,14-WAY AMP JUNIOR EM731 1%WAYAMPJUNIOR HARNESS-TO-HARNESS %-WAY BOSCH, ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY CONTROL TRANSMISSION MODULE DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK FORD IDC, BLACK FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK TRANSMISSION BRACKET DOOR I DOOR CASING SD3,16-WAY SD4,26-WAY SD5 / IO-WAY MODULE CARRIER POSTTRlM COMPARTMENT! FCBB I ,&WAY GREEN 'A' POST!'K DOOR, MODULE LEFT SlDE DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX MODULE MODULE HAND BELOW DOOR CONTROL CONTROL I FRONT TO ELECTRICAL RIGHT DOOR CONTROL ENGINE / Access COMPARTMENT BLACK BLACK BLACK POWER TlMER, BLACK POWERTIMER,BLACK ELECTRICAL CARRIER CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE MODULE ENCLOSURE CONNECTORS Connector Type / Color AC14 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY FASCIA ST, ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE TRUNK/ABOVE 070, WHITE Location / Access BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING HAND REAR WHEEL HAND REAR WHEEL 812 ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK TRUNK/ABOVE RlGHT DD, 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRl"ER POST MOVNTiNG DPI .X-WAY AMP BLACK PASSENGER EM, SO-WAY MULTiLOCK LF40 13.WAY FORD, ECONOSEAL 070, WHITE II/ LC, BLACK SIDE 'I' BRACKET, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ LEFT HAND RH2 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ,B~WAY 070, YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SD1 B-WAY SP, B-WAY MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK RlGHT HAND SlDE ARCH '%' POST TRlM SIDE 'A' POST,'A'POSTTRlM RH12 MVLTlLOCK BRACKET, RIGHT 070 /YELLOW BELOW DRl"ER 070,YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER RiGHTHAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SEAT SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FCIBL EYELET CONTROL The following symbols are used to represent I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY. D C S Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network Module communications on this data page is furnished NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. "Active" components values for Control MODULE / Type IPAIR) -LEFT HAND LEG /TRANSMISSION PIN OUT INFORMATION TUNNEL. LEFT HAND SIDE (FOLD OUT PAGE) Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; "Inactive" means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY '199R OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, XK8 Range 1998 Appendix This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages. Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix: BPM DIAG DDCM DSCM INST PDCM PSCM R T SLCM Body Processor Module Diagnostics Driver Door Control Module Driver Seat Control Module Instrument Pack Passenger Door Control Module Passenger Seat Control Module Receive Transmit Security and Locking Control Module DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 i Appendix XK8 Range 1998 CAN Messages by Node NODE: Engine Control Module Transmitted by ECM Message Useage CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN NWM token ECM CAN diagnostic data out – ECM Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on PECUS programmed status of ECM EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Derived from injector pulse duration Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only ii DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Appendix CAN Messages by Node NODE: Engine Control Module Received by ECM Message Usage Source CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN side lamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level damped CAN fuel level raw CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – INST CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – ECM For traction control – throttle intervention Fast stability control response – ignition retard Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cutoff For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates 'damped' level of fuel in tank Indicates 'raw – undamped' level of fuel in tank Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only ABS ABS ABS TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS INST INST INST INST INST INST TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS TCM INST ABS DIAG DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 iii Appendix XK8 Range 1998 CAN Messages by Node NODE: Transmission Control Module Transmitted by TCM Message Usage CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN NWM token – TCM CAN diagnostic data out – TCM For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only Received by TCM Message Usage Source CAN traction status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN engine fault codes CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – INST CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – TCM Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ABS ECM INST ABS DIAG iv DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Appendix CAN Messages by Node NODE: Instrument Pack Transmitted by INST Message Usage CAN side lamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level damped CAN fuel level raw CAN NWM token – INST CAN diagnostic data out – INST Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates 'damped' level of fuel in tank Indicates 'raw – undamped' level of fuel in tank Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only Received by INST Message Usage Source CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS malfunction CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN park brake status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN fuel used CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – INST Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Engine speed Brake switch status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings PECUS programmed status of ECM Derived from injector pulse duration Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only ABS ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ECM TCM ABS DIAG DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 v Appendix XK8 Range 1998 CAN Messages by Node NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module Transmitted by ABS/TC CM Message Usage CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data out – ABS For traction control – throttle intervention Fast stability control response – ignition retard Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only Received by ABS/TC CM Message Usage Source CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission malfunction CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN engine fault codes CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – INST CAN diagnostic data in – ABS Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Engine speed Brake switch status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission malfunction warning TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM INST DIAG vi DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Appendix CAN Messages by Node NODE: Gear Selector Module (listen only) Received by Gear Selector Module Message Usage Source CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault Gear selector indicator illumination TCM TCM DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 vii Appendix XK8 Range 1998 CAN Message Matrix Message CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission out speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN side lamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level raw CAN fuel level damped CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed viii ABS TCM ECM INST Gear Selector Diagnostics T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ............... R .............................................................. T ..................................................... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T .................................. R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ............... R .............................................................. DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 Message ABS CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – INST CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – ECM CAN diagnostic data in – TCM CAN diagnostic data in – INST CAN diagnostic data in – ABS CAN diagnostic data out – ECM CAN diagnostic data out – TCM CAN diagnostic data out – INST CAN diagnostic data out – ABS DATE OF ISSUE: Appendix SEPTEMBER 1997 TCM ECM INST Gear Selector Diagnostics R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... R ............... T .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............................................................. T ................ ................ R ................................................................................ T ................ ...................................................... R .......................................... T ................ R .................................................................................................. T ................ ................................... T ............................................................. R ................ ................ T ................................................................................ R ................ ...................................................... T .......................................... R ................ T ................................................................................................... R ................ ix Appendix XK8 Range 1998 SCP Message Matrix # Message Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23–58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 Vehicle speed Brake pedal pressed SLCM not programmed BPM not programmed DDCM not programmed DSCM not programmed PDCM not programmed PSCM not programmed Left hand drive vehicle Valet mode OFF Non-convertible vehicle Right hand drive vehicle Valet mode ON Convertible vehicle Request vehicle drive side Request valet mode status Request convertible status Reverse gear selected Not-in-park switch – inactive Not-in-park switch – active Request not-in-park switch status Request not-in-park switch status Diagnostic messages Charging OK Inertia switch inactive Inertia switch active Request inertia switch status Request inertia switch status Ignition status Key not-in-ignition Key in-ignition Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Seat belt telltale OFF Low washer fluid warning OFF Convertible top latch warning OFF Seat belt telltale ON Low washer fluid warning ON Convertible top latch warning ON Request washer fluid status Request convertible top latch status Security audible indication Remote panic Security disarm Glass break fault Security armed Key valid x INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .................................................... T .............................................................. R .......................................................................................... T ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ........................................................................................................................ T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 # Message Name 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98–165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 (continued) Glass break detected Request security arm status Request security arm status Request security arm status Seat belt chime OFF Seat belt chime ON Request seat belt chime status Diagnostic messages Recall memory 1 Recall memory 2 Save memory 1 Save memory 2 DDCM memory 1 recalled DSCM memory 1 recalled PDCM memory 1 recalled DDCM memory 2 recalled DSCM memory 2 recalled PDCM memory 2 recalled Park fold-back mirrors Unfold fold-back mirrors Stop driver mirror Stop passenger mirror Driver mirror up Passenger mirror up Driver mirror down Passenger mirror down Passenger mirror right Passenger mirror left Unlock driver door Unlock passenger door Remote unlock Remote trunk release Lock front doors Lock front doors Remote superlock Superlock driver door Superlock passenger door Remote lock Vehicle unlocked Driver door unlocked Passenger door unlocked Driver lock switch status Passenger lock switch status Driver door unsuperlocked Passenger door unsuperlocked Vehicle locked Driver door locked Passenger door locked Driver door superlocked Passenger door superlocked Request vehicle lock status Request driver door lock status Request passenger door status Request driver key barrel status Request driver key barrel status DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 Appendix INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ........................................................................................................................ ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ......................................................................... T ........................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. xi Appendix XK8 Range 1998 SCP Message Matrix # Message Name 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request superlock status Open trunk Hood closed Driver door closed Passenger door closed Trunk closed Stop fuel filler flap open Convertible top latch status Hood ajar Driver door ajar Passenger door ajar Trunk ajar Open fuel filler flap Request hood ajar status Request driver door ajar status Request driver door status Request driver door ajar status Request passenger door ajar status Request trunk ajar status Request convertible top latch switches status Driver seat heater telltale OFF Passenger seat heater telltale OFF Driver seat heater telltale ON Passenger seat heater telltale ON Request driver heater telltale status Request passenger heater telltale status Stop global window open Stop global window close Position driver window Position passenger window Position rear quarters Driver window position Passenger window position Stop passenger window open Stop convertible top open Stop passenger window close Stop convertible top close Open passenger window Open convertible top Close passenger window Close convertible top Request driver window position Request passenger window position Request driver and passenger window switch status Driver seat heater switch active Passenger seat heater switch active Front bulb failure Rear bulb failure Front bulbs OK Rear bulbs OK Request front bulb fail status Request rear bulb fail status Rear fog lamps OFF Remote headlamp convenience OFF xii INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................................... R .................................. T ........................................... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 XK8 Range 1998 # Message Name 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303–356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 Rear fog lamps ON Remote headlamp convenience ON Dip beam OFF Side lamps OFF Hazard warning OFF Left DI lamp OFF Right DI lamp OFF Main beam OFF Rear fog lamps OFF Main beam flash OFF Request rear fog switch status Request remote headlamp convenience status Dip beam ON Side lamps ON Hazards ON Left DI lamp ON Right DI lamp ON Main beam ON Rear fog lamps ON Main beam flash ON Request dip beam status Request side lamps status Request left DI status Request right DI status Request main beam status Request hazard warning status Request rear fog lamps status Interior lamps OFF Interior lamps ON Request interior lighting status Valet mode message OFF Recoding keying message OFF Valet mode message Recoding keying message Diagnostic messages Wake up (SLCM) Wake up (BPM) Wake up (INST) Wake up (DDCM) Wake up (DSCM) Wake up (PDCM) Wake up (PSCM) Network awake (SLCM) Network awake (BPM) Network awake (INST) Network awake (DDCM) Network awake (DSCM) Network awake (PDCM) Network awake (PSCM) SLCM entering sleep mode BPM entering sleep mode INST entering sleep mode DDCM entering sleep mode DSCM entering sleep mode PDCM entering sleep mode PSCM entering sleep mode DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997 Appendix INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... ........................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................... T ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... T ....................................................................................................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ......................................................................... T ........................................... ...................................................... T .............................................................. ............................................................................................ T ........................ R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ..... xiii Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 1999:04:27 13:55:36 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for Power Macintosh Subject : X100 9875/E COVER Creator : Adobe PageMaker 6.5 Title : X100 9875/E COVER Author : George Mettam Modify Date : 2000:06:06 09:27:54+01:00 Page Count : 129
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
Posted by: blackcurrent02.blogspot.com
Source: https://usermanual.wiki/Jaguar/JaguarXk8UsersManual566675.2111209160/help